WO2021162151A1 - Electric kettle - Google Patents

Electric kettle Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021162151A1
WO2021162151A1 PCT/KR2020/002176 KR2020002176W WO2021162151A1 WO 2021162151 A1 WO2021162151 A1 WO 2021162151A1 KR 2020002176 W KR2020002176 W KR 2020002176W WO 2021162151 A1 WO2021162151 A1 WO 2021162151A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cover
handle
lid
cap
magnet
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2020/002176
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
안재훈
서운규
최현
이상기
이준영
Original Assignee
엘지전자 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 엘지전자 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지전자 주식회사
Publication of WO2021162151A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021162151A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00Cooking-vessels
    • A47J27/21Water-boiling vessels, e.g. kettles
    • A47J27/21008Water-boiling vessels, e.g. kettles electrically heated
    • A47J27/2105Water-boiling vessels, e.g. kettles electrically heated of the cordless type, i.e. whereby the water vessel can be plugged into an electrically-powered base element
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00Cooking-vessels
    • A47J27/21Water-boiling vessels, e.g. kettles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00Cooking-vessels
    • A47J27/21Water-boiling vessels, e.g. kettles
    • A47J27/21166Constructional details or accessories
    • A47J27/21175Covers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00Cooking-vessels
    • A47J27/21Water-boiling vessels, e.g. kettles
    • A47J27/21166Constructional details or accessories
    • A47J27/21191Pouring spouts

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an electric kettle, and more particularly, to an electric kettle having a lid provided with a magnet.
  • an electric kettle refers to a device for heating water, etc. accommodated in a main body by a heating means such as a heater by supplying electricity.
  • electric kettles are configured such that the main body is detached from the base to which power is supplied, and is heated while seated on the base, and can be used by holding the handle and lifting the main body from the base.
  • This type of electric kettle is usually called by various names such as a wireless electric kettle, a wireless electric pot, and a coffee pot.
  • Such an electric kettle has a complex body shape and may be formed of a plastic material in order to facilitate the arrangement of internal components.
  • the body when the body is formed of a glass material, it is excellent in hygiene and has a very good appearance, but there is a risk of damage due to impact, etc.
  • the main body is made of stainless steel, a wireless electric port capable of heating the water contained therein has been disclosed.
  • the body is formed of a stainless material, so it is very hygienic and has excellent durability.
  • the lid is still configured to have only a function of shielding the upper part of the body.
  • Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0074313 also discloses a 'electric pot for both blender and steamer', but even in this prior art, the lid is configured to be coupled to the body by a coupling jaw, so when the body is tilted, the body There is a problem in that the lid is opened by the internal water pressure.
  • the configuration in which the lid is completely separated from the body has the advantage of easy cleaning of the lid or body, but a separate operation or device is required for sealing between the lid and the body. . Accordingly, there is a problem in that manufacturing cost and manufacturing efficiency are lowered, as well as causing inconvenience to users due to such a separate operation or device.
  • an object of the present invention is to solve the problems of the prior art as described above, and an object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which the lid can be firmly maintained.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which the lid is provided with a magnet and the lid is prevented from being opened by magnetic force.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle provided with magnets corresponding to each other on a lid and a body.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle that is easily assembled with a lid composed of a plurality of parts.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a battery kettle in which a lid packing made of a silicone material is provided at the upper end of the lid to prevent it from coming into contact with water inside the body.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which an air vent capable of air flow is provided in the lid packing to allow external air to flow into the main body.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which a metal cover made of stainless steel is provided at the lower end of the lid in contact with water inside the body.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which the lid is not separated from the body without a separate structure or device between the lid and the body and the gap is sealed.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle that can be coupled to the body without having to consider the directionality of the lid when the lid separated from the body is coupled to the body.
  • the lid is fixed to the body by magnetic force.
  • the upper and lower cover caps and the metal cover constituting the lid are coupled to each other by fastening bolts. Accordingly, a plurality of parts constituting the lid are assembled at once by one fastening bolt.
  • one or more air vents are formed in the lid packing. Accordingly, even when the lid is closed, external air can be introduced into the body.
  • a metal cover made of stainless steel is provided at the lower end of the lid.
  • the fastening bolt is fixedly mounted on the upper surface of the metal cover.
  • a nut portion to which a fastening bolt is screwed is formed on the cover cap. Therefore, the metal cover and the cover cap are coupled by the fastening bolt.
  • An electric kettle comprises: a body in which water or food is accommodated; a lid for shielding the opened upper side of the body; a base provided under the body and supporting the body; a heating module provided on one side of the body and applying heat to heat the contents inside the body; It is provided on one side of the body and has a configuration including a handle configured to be held by hand; At least one of the lid or the body is characterized in that a magnet is provided.
  • the magnet ( ⁇ ) is characterized in that the permanent magnet ( ⁇ ).
  • the magnet ( ⁇ ) is characterized in that provided with a plurality of equal intervals on the edge of the lid.
  • the magnet ( ⁇ ) is characterized in that one or more is provided at the upper end of the body.
  • the lid may include: an upper cover forming an upper exterior; a lower cover provided on a lower side of the upper cover to match the upper cover; a lid packing provided on one side of the upper cover or the lower cover and made of an elastic material to seal a gap between the body and the lid; a metal cover provided under the lower cover and made of a metal material; It is characterized in that it has a configuration including one or more magnets provided on one side of the lower cover.
  • the upper cover is characterized in that the cover cap for the user's grip is formed to protrude upward.
  • the cover cap is closely fixed to the upper surface of the upper cover by a fastening bolt, and the fastening bolt is fixed to the metal cover.
  • the lower end of the fastening bolt is coupled to the center of the upper surface of the metal cover by welding.
  • the lid packing is characterized in that it is provided between the upper cover and the lower cover.
  • the outer diameter of the upper cover is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the lower cover, and the outer rim of the lid packing is characterized in that it is installed to protrude outside the rim of the lower cover.
  • the lid packing is characterized in that the coupling rib fitted to the lower cover is formed to protrude downward.
  • the lower cover characterized in that the support wall for supporting the magnet and the lid packing is further formed.
  • the support wall is characterized in that at least one magnet accommodating groove having an open outside is formed.
  • the support wall includes an inner wall formed in a circular ring shape to support one surface of the magnet; It is formed in a position spaced apart from the inner wall, the outer wall coupled to the coupling rib of the lid packing; characterized in that it has a configuration comprising a.
  • the coupling rib has a configuration including an inner rib and an outer rib formed to be spaced apart from each other;
  • the upper end of the outer wall is formed to be stepped so that the outer side is lower than the inner side, and a stepped surface on which the outer rib is located is formed.
  • one or more fixing ribs for fitting and fixing the magnet are further formed to protrude inward.
  • a packing groove in which the upper surface of the magnet is accommodated is further formed.
  • a cap groove in which the cover cap is seated is formed to protrude downward.
  • a cap guide rib supporting the lower inner surface of the cover cap is further formed on the bottom surface of the cap groove portion to protrude upward.
  • a rotation preventing protrusion and a cap protrusion groove are respectively formed in a shape corresponding to each other and coupled to each other, so that rotation is prevented while the cover cap is mounted on the upper cover. do it with
  • a screw hole through which the fastening bolt passes is formed in the center of the cap groove, and the anti-rotation protrusion is formed to protrude at a position spaced apart from the screw hole to one side.
  • the body has a configuration including an outer body forming an outer appearance and an inner body forming an inner appearance; One or more magnets are provided at the upper end of the inner body.
  • the inner body is characterized in that a magnet frame for fixing and supporting the magnet is further provided.
  • the magnet frame is characterized in that it is fixedly mounted on the upper outer surface of the inner body by welding.
  • the magnet frame is characterized in that the magnet fixing portion is further formed to wrap and fix the outer surface of the magnet.
  • the magnets installed on the inner body are characterized in that they are respectively installed in the direction of the water outlet and the handle.
  • the electric kettle according to the present invention has the following effects.
  • magnets are installed on the lid and the body, respectively. Therefore, since the lid is mounted on the upper surface of the body by magnetic force, there is an advantage in that the lid is prevented from being opened even when the electric kettle is tilted to pour water inside the body. That is, even when the electric kettle is tilted, the lid is prevented from being opened by the pressure of water inside the body.
  • a plurality of parts constituting the lid are coupled by one fastening bolt. That is, when the fastening bolts fixedly mounted on the metal cover constituting the lid are screwed to the cover cap, the coupling of the upper and lower covers between the metal cover and the cover cap is completed at the same time. Therefore, there is an advantage in that the assembly and disassembly of the lid is convenient.
  • a fastening bolt for coupling a plurality of parts is fixed to the upper surface of the metal cover by welding or the like. Therefore, even when the user opens the lid, since the fastening bolt is not exposed to the outside, there is an advantage that the appearance is beautiful.
  • a lid packing made of a silicone material is provided at the upper end of the lid. That is, the lid packing is closely fixed to the lower surface of the upper cover and placed between the body and the lid. Therefore, even when boiling water or pouring water, since the silicone lid packing does not come into contact with the water inside the body, there is an effect of preventing a change in the taste of water and contamination due to the contact of the packing.
  • a plurality of air vents capable of air flow are formed in the lid packing. Therefore, when boiling water inside the body, the air vent is blocked by water vapor to prevent the steam from flowing out, while when pouring water inside the body, external air flows into the body through the air vent. air pressure drop is prevented. That is, there is an effect that the air pressure inside the body is lowered and the water pouring is prevented from being disturbed.
  • a metal cover made of stainless steel is provided at the lower end of the lid. Therefore, water inside the body is hygienic because it only contacts the metal cover made of stainless steel, and even when the lid is removed from the body, the metal cover is exposed to the outside, so it has the advantage of having a luxurious image.
  • the magnet provided in the body is installed in the vicinity of the water outlet and the handle, respectively. Therefore, since strong magnetic force acts on the water outlet and the handle, even when the user tilts the electric kettle and pours water through the water outlet, the lid is firmly fixed by the magnets of the water outlet and the handle to prevent the lid from coming off. has a preventive effect.
  • the cover cap is formed to protrude from the top of the lid, and the cover cap is made of an aluminum material. Therefore, it is convenient for the user to hold the lid by hand, so that usability is increased, and there is an advantage in that the weight can be reduced and the quality can be improved by the aluminum material.
  • the anti-rotation protrusion and the cap protrusion groove are respectively formed in the shape corresponding to the upper cover and the cover cap to be coupled. Therefore, since rotation is prevented while the cover cap is mounted on the upper cover, there is an advantage in that product defects and inconvenience in use are prevented.
  • Heat in the present invention, magnets are provided on the lid at equal intervals, and on the other hand, since it is made in a circular shape, there is an advantage that it can be coupled to the body without considering the direction of the lid.
  • the magnets provided in the lid and the body are installed so that attractive forces act with each other, when the lid is brought close to the upper end of the body, the user can sense that the lid is automatically closed by magnetic force do. Therefore, since the user can recognize the feeling of closeness that the lid is coupled to the body by magnetic force, there is an effect of relieving anxiety when using the product and increasing a sense of stability.
  • the magnet since the magnet is positioned inside the lid and between the inner body and the outer body, the magnet is not exposed to the outside or inside of the body and to the outside of the lid. Therefore, there is an effect of preventing damage to the appearance due to the installation of the magnet and increasing the aesthetics.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a preferred embodiment of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is an exploded upper perspective view showing the configuration of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
  • Figure 4 is a bottom exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
  • Figure 5 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is an exploded upper perspective view showing the configuration of the body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a bottom exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is an exploded upper perspective view showing the configuration of one embodiment of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 9 is a bottom exploded perspective view showing the configuration of one embodiment of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 10 is a partial cut-away perspective view showing the configuration of the upper half of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the handle supporter of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a rear view of the handle supporter of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view of the handle cover of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a top perspective view showing the configuration of the main PCB and the touch PCB of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15 is a bottom perspective view showing the configuration of the main PCB and the touch PCB of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is an upper perspective view of the touch booster of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17 is a bottom perspective view of the touch booster of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 18 is an upper perspective view of the LED cover of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 19 is a bottom perspective view of the LED cover of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a perspective view showing the configuration of one embodiment of the handle bracket constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 is a perspective view showing the configuration of another embodiment of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 21;
  • FIG. 23 is a cut-away perspective view of a state in which the handle cover is removed in FIG.
  • FIG. 24 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a state in which the handle of FIG. 21 is fastened to the body;
  • FIG. 25 is a partial perspective view showing a state in which the handle of FIG. 21 is fastened to the inner body;
  • Figure 26 is a partial perspective view showing a state in which the handle of Figure 21 is coupled to the outer body.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a handle supporter constituting the handle of FIG.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing the configuration of another embodiment of the handle bracket constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 29 is an upper perspective view showing the configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 30 is a lower perspective view showing the configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 29;
  • FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 30;
  • 33 is a partial exploded view showing a state in which the metal cover is separated from the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 34 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 35 is a bottom perspective view of Fig. 34;
  • 36 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view in another direction showing the internal configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 37 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the cover cap of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 38 is an upper perspective view showing the configuration of the upper cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 39 is a lower perspective view showing the configuration of the upper cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 40 is an upper perspective view showing the lid packing configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 41 is a lower perspective view showing the lid packing configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 43 is an upper perspective view showing the configuration of the lower cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 44 is a lower perspective view showing the configuration of the lower cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • 45 is a perspective view showing a state in which a magnet is mounted on an inner body constituting an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 46 is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the magnet is separated from the inner body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 are perspective views and longitudinal cross-sectional views, respectively, showing the configuration of a preferred embodiment of the electric kettle according to the present invention
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 are upper and lower exploded perspective views of the electric kettle shown in FIG. 1 , respectively. are shown respectively.
  • the electric kettle 1 includes a body 10 in which water or food is accommodated, and a lid 20 for shielding the opened upper side of the body 10 . ), a base 60 provided at the lower side of the body 10 to support the body 10, and a base 60 provided at the top of the body 10 to guide the discharge of water or food inside the body 10 It consists of a water outlet 30, and a handle 40 that is fastened to the upper end of the body 10 and is configured to be held by hand.
  • the electric kettle 1 is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole, and the body 10 in which water or food is accommodated and the open upper side of the body 10 are shielded. It consists of a lid 20 and a handle 40 and a heating module 50, a base 60, and the like.
  • the body 10 may be formed in a cylindrical shape with an open upper surface. Since it is a belt, the upper surface of the body 10 may be shielded by the lid 20 .
  • the handle 40 may be configured to protrude outward from one side of the body 10 . That is, as shown, the handle 40 is provided to protrude to the upper right side of the body 10 .
  • the base 60 is disposed on the bottom surface, and a power cord is connected so that external power can be supplied.
  • the assembled body 10 may be seated on the upper surface of the base 60 .
  • the body 10 may be formed in a cylindrical shape to form a heating space 101 in which water can be accommodated and heated.
  • power may be supplied to the body 10 while being seated on the base 60 .
  • the power supply method between the base 60 and the body 10 may be a power supply method by contacting a power terminal.
  • the power supply method of the base 60 and the body 10 may be an electromagnetic induction method.
  • the base 60 is provided with a lower power module 64 serving as a primary coil, and the body 10 corresponding thereto is provided with an upper power module 55 serving as a secondary coil.
  • a heating module 50 and a bottom cover 56 are installed at the lower end of the body 10, and the heating module 50 and the bottom cover 56 form a lower part of the body 10, so that ' You can also call it 'Lower Body'.
  • the heating module 50 includes a heating plate 52 that forms a bottom surface inside the body 10 or is configured to be in close contact with the bottom surface of the body 10 , and a heater 54 that heats the heating plate 52 . ), and allows the heating plate 52 to be heated by the power supplied from the upper power module 55 .
  • the heating module 50 may include a bottom cover 56 forming a lower surface of the body 10 .
  • a spout 30 may be formed to protrude to the outside to pour water inside the body 10 .
  • a handle 40 may be mounted in the opposite direction of the water outlet 30 . That is, as shown, the handle 40 is preferably formed on the right side of the body 10 , and the water outlet 30 is formed on the left side of the body 10 . Accordingly, it is easy for the user to pour water through the water outlet 30 while holding the handle 40 by hand.
  • the handle 40 may be fixedly mounted to one side (right side in the drawing) outer surface of the body 30 .
  • the handle 40 is a part gripped by a user's hand so that the user can easily lift or move the electric kettle 1, and also includes a decorative and elastic grip part. That is, the handle 40 has a luxurious exterior, and at least a portion (eg, a grip portion) may be formed of a rubber or silicone material so that it does not slip when the user holds the handle 40 .
  • the handle 40 is provided with a button that allows the user to operate on/off or adjust the temperature so that the user can operate the handle 40 .
  • a PCB may be provided inside the handle 40 , and an operation state of the electric kettle 1 may be displayed on the upper surface thereof.
  • the body 10 is preferably made of a double. That is, it consists of an outer body 11 forming an outer appearance and an inner body 12 forming an inner appearance.
  • the handle 40 is configured to be coupled to the upper end of the inner body 12 . That is, the inner body 12 is provided with a handle bracket 15 , which will be described below, so that the handle 40 is fixed to the handle bracket 15 .
  • the handle bracket 15 may be attached and fixed to the outer surface of the inner body 12 by welding or an adhesive.
  • the opened upper surface of the electric kettle 1 that is, the upper surface of the body 10 may be shielded by a lid 20 .
  • the lid 20 forms an upper surface of the electric kettle 1 in a closed state, and comes in contact with the upper periphery of the body 10 to seal the inside of the electric kettle 1 .
  • a cover cap 21 is formed in a central portion of the lid 20 to protrude upward.
  • the cover cap 21 functions to allow a user to easily lift the lid 20 or to be easily coupled to the body 10 .
  • a handle bracket 15 is attached or fixed to the upper end of the inner body 12 , and the handle 40 is coupled to the body 10 by a fastening bolt or the like.
  • a temperature sensor 53 is provided on the bottom surface of the inner body 12 to measure the temperature of water inside the heating space 101 .
  • FIG. 5 to 7 show the detailed configuration of the body 10 . That is, FIG. 5 shows a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the body 10 , and FIGS. 6 and 7 show upper and lower exploded perspective views of the body 10 , respectively.
  • the body 10 is generally formed in a cylindrical shape with an upper side open, and contents such as water are accommodated in the space formed therein, and a heating module 50 is provided at the lower end. It is configured to heat the contents inside the body 10 .
  • the body 10 is preferably configured in a double. That is, the body 10 includes an inner body 12 forming an inner appearance and an outer body 11 forming an outer appearance.
  • the inner body 12 preferably has a cylindrical shape with an open upper side, and a space for receiving water or the like is formed therein.
  • the outer body 11 is formed to have a larger diameter than that of the inner body 12 and is installed to surround the outer side of the inner body 12 . As shown in the figure, the outer body 11 preferably has a cylindrical shape with open top and bottom.
  • the inner body 12 is formed to have a smaller diameter than the outer body 11, a gap space 102 is formed between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11, which is significantly compared to the single-wall structure. It may have a structure with improved thermal insulation performance.
  • Both the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 may be formed of the same stainless steel material, and the outer body 11 forms the exterior of the body 10, and the inner body 12 is It creates a space for water to be accommodated.
  • the inner body 12 since the inner body 12 is formed to have a smaller diameter than the outer body 11, the inner body 12 may be provided in a form accommodated inside the outer body 11, , a gap space 102 of a predetermined size may be formed between the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 .
  • An air layer is formed in the gap space 102 between the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 to prevent direct heat transfer to the outer body 11 .
  • the interstitial space 102 may be referred to as an insulating interstitial space 102 .
  • the outer body 11 may maintain a relatively low temperature.
  • the insulating gap space 102 may communicate with a space in which the heating module 50 is disposed and an inner space of the handle 40 . Therefore, although not shown, the electric wire connected to the handle PCB located on the handle 40 passes through the insulating gap space 102 between the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 and the heating module (50) can be guided to a space where it is arranged.
  • the body 10 may be formed by combining upper and lower ends of the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 formed in a cylindrical shape.
  • the upper and lower ends of the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 may be connected to each other by welding while being superimposed on each other.
  • the remaining portions except for the upper and lower ends of the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 may be spaced apart from each other by a predetermined interval to have a heat insulating structure.
  • the upper end of the outer body 11 and the upper end of the inner body 12 are coupled to each other and fixed by welding or the like.
  • the upper end of the inner body 12 is further provided with an inner upper end portion 121 extending outwardly so that the upper end of the outer body 11 of the inner body 12 is coupled to each other.
  • the inner upper end portion 121 is formed to be double-extended to the outside from the inner body 12 so that the outer end is in contact with the upper end of the outer body 11 .
  • the upper portion of the interstitial space 102 is shielded by the inner upper end portion 121 .
  • the upper end of the outer body 11 it will also be possible to form the upper end of the outer body 11 to extend inward to contact the upper end of the inner body (12).
  • the handle 40 and the water outlet 30 are coupled to the body 10 .
  • the handle 40 and the water outlet 30 may be fastened to the upper end of the inner body 12 , and the handle 40 and the water outlet 30 pass through the outer body 11 to the outside. can protrude.
  • a handle hole 111 through which the handle 40 is installed and a water outlet hole 112 through which the water outlet 30 is installed are respectively formed in the outer body 11 .
  • a handle hole 111 which is a rectangular cut-out hole, is formed in the upper right side of the outer body 11 to pass through left and right.
  • the water outlet hole 112 is formed to pass through left and right. That is, the water outlet hole 112 is formed on the upper left side of the outer body 11 , and the water outlet hole 112 preferably has a triangular shape to correspond to the shape of the water outlet 30 .
  • an outer hole 113 and an inner hole 123 are respectively formed to penetrate back and forth.
  • the outer hole 113 and the inner hole 123 are portions in which the see-through window 13 to be described below is installed. Therefore, it is preferable that the outer hole 113 and the inner hole 123 have a rectangular shape elongated vertically to correspond to the shape of the see-through window 13 .
  • a plurality of water outlet holes 125 are formed through the upper left side of the inner body 12 .
  • the water outlet hole 125 is a part that guides the water inside the inner body 12 to be discharged through the outlet water 30 . Accordingly, the plurality of water outlet holes 125 are preferably formed at positions corresponding to the water outlet holes 112 formed in the upper left side of the outer body 11 .
  • a handle bracket 15 is installed on the upper right side of the inner body 12 .
  • the handle bracket 15 is such that the handle 40 is coupled to and fixed to the inner body 12, and is preferably formed in a ' ⁇ ' shape (when viewed from above).
  • the left end of the handle bracket 15 is coupled to the inner body 12 by welding, an adhesive, or a fastening mechanism, and the right end is coupled to the handle 40 .
  • the handle 40 may be fastened to the handle bracket 15 by means of a fastening means. That is, the handle 40 may be coupled to the handle bracket 15 by fastening means such as a bolt and a nut.
  • the body 10 is formed of a stainless steel material, and is formed by processing such as welding. Accordingly, the body 10 may smooth the processing area by electropolishing and maintain a smooth state of the surface of the internal space in which water is accommodated.
  • the body 10 may be made to have corrosion resistance on the inner and outer surfaces through electrolytic polishing. For this reason, it is preferable that the body 10 be subjected to electrolytic polishing after the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 are combined.
  • the body 10 is immersed in an electrolyte solution for electrolytic polishing, and then the electrolytic polishing is performed.
  • the electrolyte inevitably flows into the insulating gap space 102 between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 due to the structural characteristics of the body 10 . That is, since the body 10 has the handle hole 111 and the water outlet hole 112 opened in the molded state, when the body 10 is immersed in the electrolyte, the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 ), the electrolyte inevitably flows in.
  • the electrolyte between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 is discharged to the lower side of the interstitial space 102 . That is, since the lower ends of the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 do not contact each other and form a space in which the bottom cover 56 and the like are coupled, before the parts such as the bottom cover 56 are combined. Therefore, the electrolyte can be smoothly discharged to the lower side of the interstitial space 102 .
  • the electrolyte solution between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 naturally occurs when the body 10 is immersed in a cleaning solution and lifted after washing. It is discharged downward through the gap space (102).
  • a see-through window 13 may be formed in the body 10 .
  • the see-through window 13 makes it possible to check the water level or the boiling state of the electric kettle 1 from the outside of the electric kettle 1 without opening the lid 20 .
  • the see-through window 13 may extend long in the vertical direction, and may be fixedly mounted to the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 , respectively.
  • the viewing window 13 is coupled to the inner body 12 .
  • the see-through window 13 allows a user to see the inside of the body 10 from the outside, so that the user can know the amount of food, such as water, inside the body 10, and is preferably formed to be transparent.
  • a see-through window gasket 135 is further provided between the see-through window 13 and the body 10 to prevent water leakage through the gap between the see-through window 13 and the body 10 . That is, the see-through window 13 may be mounted to the body 10 in an airtight state.
  • the see-through window gasket 135 may be mounted between the see-through window 13 and the inner hole 123 or the outer hole 113 .
  • the see-through window gasket 135 is mounted between the inner hole 123 and the see-through window 13 to prevent leakage of water inside the inner body 12 .
  • the viewing window gasket 135 is preferably formed in a shape corresponding to the circumferential shape of the viewing window 13, and is preferably made of an elastic material.
  • the inner surface of the see-through window 13 is preferably located on the same plane as the inner surface of the inner body 12 . do.
  • the front surface of the see-through window 13 is also configured to be positioned on the same plane as the outer surface of the outer body 11 . Accordingly, in the state in which the see-through window 13 is mounted, the see-through window 13 does not protrude or sink from the outer surface of the outer body 11 , so that the appearance can be further improved.
  • the gap between the see-through window 13 and the inner body 12 is sealed by the see-through window gasket 135 to prevent the water inside the body 10 from leaking to the outside.
  • outer body 11 and the like may be further provided on the outer body 11 and the like as needed, and the outer body 11 and the outer body 11 and the see-through window 13 are more airtight by sealing the space between the outer body 11 and the see-through window 13 .
  • a gap may be prevented from occurring between the viewing windows 13 .
  • the heating module 50 may be mounted on a lower portion of the body 10 . That is, the heating module 50 is mounted on the lower surface of the inner body 12 .
  • the heating module 50 is for heating the space inside the body 10 to increase and control the temperature of contents such as water.
  • the heating module 50 includes a heater assembly 51 that generates heat, a temperature sensor 53 that measures the temperature of water inside the inner body 12, and a heater assembly 51 for supplying power. It is constituted by an upper power supply module 55 and the like.
  • a bottom cover 56 is further provided on the lower side of the heating module 50 to cover the remaining components except for a portion of the upper power module 55 so as not to be exposed downward of the body 10 .
  • the heating module 50 and the bottom cover 56 are mounted through the open lower surface of the outer body 11 , and form at least a portion of the lower portion of the body 10 , and thus may be referred to as a bottom body.
  • the body 10 may be seated on the base 60 . That is, for the operation of the electric kettle 1 , the body 10 in which the bottom body is assembled must be seated on the base 60 .
  • the heater 54 is heated by the power supply to boil water.
  • the heating module 50 may be disposed inside the opened lower surface of the outer body 11 .
  • the remaining components may be exposed through the opened lower surface of the outer body 11 .
  • the heater assembly 51 may include a heating plate 52 attached and coupled to the bottom surface of the inner body 12 , and a heater 54 fixedly mounted to the bottom surface of the heating plate 52 .
  • the upper power module 55 is disposed in the lower center of the body 10 , and a heater 54 is provided outside the upper power module 55 to heat the bottom surface of the inner body 12 . make it possible
  • a cover PCB for supplying power to the heater 54 may be provided on the bottom cover 56 .
  • the upper power module 55 is located in the center of the heating module 50 . And, the upper power module 55 may be mounted in the center of the heating plate (52).
  • the heating plate 52 may be coupled to the lower surface of the inner body 12 , and the heater 54 may be mounted on the heating plate 52 .
  • the heater 54 may be configured as a sheath heater. In addition, the heater 54 is positioned more outside than the upper power module 55 , and may be disposed along the circumference of the heating plate 52 .
  • both ends of the heater 54 are spaced apart from each other at adjacent positions, and the connection terminals are exposed at both ends of the spaced heater so that they can be connected to the cover PCB by wires.
  • the heating plate 52 may be formed in a disk shape having a size corresponding to the size of the lower surface of the inner body 12 , and the heater 54 may be mounted on the bottom surface.
  • the heating plate 52 is formed of aluminum or an aluminum alloy material having high thermal conductivity, so that the heat of the heater 54 can be uniformly transmitted to the entire bottom surface of the inner body 12 . Also, the heating plate 52 and the heater 54 may be integrally formed by die casting.
  • a temperature sensor mounting hole 521 in which the temperature sensor 53 is mounted may be further formed in the heating plate 52 .
  • a sensor packing 531 may be further provided in the temperature sensor mounting hole 521 .
  • the sensor packing 531 seals the temperature sensor mounting hole 521 .
  • the heating plate 52 may be mounted on the lower surface of the inner body 12 .
  • the heating plate 52 may be completely in close contact with the lower surface of the inner body 12 , and may be blazed so that heat transfer can be effectively performed and integrally coupled with the inner body 12 .
  • the heating plate 52 may have a circular disk shape, and may have a diameter slightly smaller than that of the inner body 12 .
  • a sensor hole 124 through which the upper end of the temperature sensor 53 is exposed is formed on the bottom surface of the inner body 12 to penetrate vertically.
  • the sensor hole 124 is formed at a position corresponding to the temperature sensor mounting hole 521 vertically.
  • the temperature sensor 53 is exposed above the bottom surface of the inner body 12 to sense the temperature of the water in the heating space 101 .
  • the upper end of the temperature sensor 53 is installed to have a height corresponding to the height of the bottom surface of the inner body 12, the gap between the temperature sensor 53 and the inner body 12 is the sensor packing It is preferable to be closed by (531).
  • the temperature sensor 53 since the upper end of the temperature sensor 53 does not protrude upward from the bottom surface of the inner body 12, even when washing the inside of the body 10, the temperature sensor 53 does not interfere. do.
  • all other heating modules 50 may be completely accommodated inside the body 10 . And, when the bottom cover 56 is installed, the remaining components of the heating module 50 provided inside the body 10 are shielded, and the lower surface of the body 10 is formed.
  • a bottom hole 561 is formed in the center of the bottom cover 56 , and a portion of the upper power module 55 may be exposed through the bottom hole 561 .
  • the upper power module 55 may be exposed through the bottom hole 561 so that the body 10 may be configured to contact the lower power module 64 when the body 10 is mounted on the base 60 .
  • FIGS. 8 to 20 show the configuration of the handle 40 in detail. That is, FIGS. 8 and 9 show an upper and a lower exploded perspective view of the handle 40, respectively, FIG. 10 is a partially cut-away perspective view of the handle 40, and FIGS. 11 and 12 show the handle A perspective view and a rear view of the handle supporter 41 constituting the 40 are shown, respectively. And, FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view of the handle cover 42 constituting the handle 40, and in FIGS. 14 and 15, the main PCB 46 and the touch PCB 47 constituting the handle 40 are shown. ) is shown in upper and lower perspective views, respectively, and FIGS. 16 and 17 are upper and lower perspective views of the touch booster 48 constituting the handle 40 , respectively. In addition, the upper and lower perspective views of the LED cover 49 constituting the handle 40 are respectively shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 , and in FIG. 20 , the structure of the handle bracket 15 to which the handle 40 is coupled. This is shown in a perspective view.
  • the handle 40 includes a handle supporter 41 constituting a skeleton and a handle cover 42 surrounding a plurality of parts provided in the handle supporter 41 . That is, the handle 40 supports a plurality of parts and at the same time covers a plurality of parts installed in the handle supporter 41 and the handle supporter 41, which is coupled to the handle supporter 41, and is installed at the same time. It consists of a handle cover 42 and the like that serves as a decoration.
  • the handle supporter 41 includes a side wall frame 411 surrounding the components accommodated therein, and a pillar frame 412 extending downwardly from one end of the side wall frame 411 . That is, the handle supporter 41 is formed on the upper side of the pillar frame 412 and the pillar frame 412, which is a part wrapped by a person's hand, and a control means 45 to be described below is installed therein. It is composed of a side wall frame 411 and the like to form a space.
  • the handle supporter 41 is generally formed in a 'L' shape and is coupled to the upper end of the body 10, which is coupled to the body 10 and has a side wall in which a plurality of electrical components are embedded. It is composed of a frame 411 and a column frame 412 that is vertically bent downward from one end (rear end) of the side wall frame 411 and extends.
  • the pillar frame 412 is not bent vertically downward from the side wall frame 411, but may be formed to extend to have an acute angle or an obtuse angle.
  • the handle supporter (41) is provided with a bracket fastening end (413) fastened to the handle bracket (15).
  • a bracket fastening end 413 is formed in a predetermined size at the front end of the side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41 . That is, the front of the side wall frame 411 is opened, the opened portion is shielded by a bracket fastening end 413 having a predetermined height, and this bracket fastening end 413 is fastened to the handle bracket 15 . A part that is joined by means.
  • bracket fastening hole 413a through which a fastening means such as a bolt passes and is inserted is formed in the bracket fastening end 413 so as to penetrate back and forth.
  • a hanging end 415 caught on the outer body 11 is formed to protrude outward. That is, the handle supporter 41 has a hanging end 415 caught in the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 to protrude downward from the front end of the side wall frame 411 .
  • a hanging end 415 of a predetermined size is formed to protrude forward. That is, at the lower end of the front side of the side wall frame 411 of the pillar frame 412 , the hook end 415 caught on the outer body 11 is formed to protrude forward and downward from the front end of the side wall frame 411 .
  • the hanging end 415 is formed to be spaced apart from the front end of the side wall frame 411 by a predetermined distance and accommodated inside the outer body 11 . Accordingly, the hanging end 415 is spaced a predetermined distance forward from the front end of the side wall frame 411, and this spaced hanging end 415 is extended by a predetermined length forward from the lower end of the side wall frame 411. It is integrally formed with the side wall frame 411 by the joint portion 415a.
  • the hanging end 415 may be formed to protrude upward or downward from the tip of the handle supporter 41 . That is, in this embodiment, the hanging end 415 is formed to protrude downward from the junction 415a extending forward from the front end of the side wall frame 411, but this hanging end 415 is the side wall frame ( 411), it will be possible to be configured to protrude upward from the tip.
  • the hanging end 415 when the hanging end 415 is formed to protrude downward from the front end of the handle supporter 41, the hanging end 415 will be caught at the lower end of the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11. . Conversely, when the hanging end 415 is formed to protrude upward from the front end of the handle supporter 41, the hanging end 415 will be caught on the upper end of the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11. .
  • one or more reinforcing ribs 413b for reinforcing the strength of the bracket fastening end 413 are formed on one side of the bracket fastening end 413 . That is, as shown, at the rear of the bracket fastening end 413, one or two reinforcing ribs 413b whose cross-sectional area gradually increases toward the lower side are formed in pairs.
  • bracket fastening end 413 is supported by the reinforcing rib 413b and is firmly fixed to the handle supporter 41 .
  • the hook end 415 is positioned inside the outer body 11 , and one surface of the hook end 415 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the inner surface curvature of the outer body 11 . That is, the rear surface of the hook end 415 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the inner surface curvature of the outer body 11 .
  • the hook end 415 when the hook end 415 is caught in the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 , the hook end 415 is located inside the outer body 11 so that the rear surface is the outer body 11 . ) is in contact with the inner Accordingly, since the curvature of the rear surface of the hook end 415 and the inner surface of the outer body 11 coincide, it is possible to maintain a state in close contact with each other.
  • a support end groove 416 in which the booster support end 487 of the touch booster 48 to be described below is accommodated is further formed in the handle supporter 41 . That is, at the rear end of the side wall frame 411 , a support end groove 416 of a ' ⁇ ' shape having an upper opening is formed.
  • a side wall hook groove 417 recessed to a predetermined depth is formed on the outer surface of the side wall frame 411, and a side wall hook 443 to be described below is formed in this side wall hook groove 417. inserted and fastened.
  • a locking rib groove 418 in which a locking rib 488 of the touch booster 48 to be described below is seated is further formed to be recessed downward.
  • a grip portion 401 is further formed on the front surface of the pillar frame 412 , and the grip portion 401 may be made of a plastic material or a material having elasticity such as rubber or silicone material.
  • the grip portion 401 is made of plastic or an elastic material, when the user holds the handle 40 by hand, a soft touch can be felt, and slipping is prevented.
  • the grip part 401 may be configured to be in a 'L' shape (when viewed from the side) as shown, and to be in close contact with the front surface of the pillar frame 412 as well as the bottom surface of the side wall frame 411 .
  • the grip part 401 is preferably coupled to the pillar frame 412 or the side wall frame 411 by welding or an adhesive.
  • the grip portion 401 is coupled to the pillar frame 412 and preferably has a shape such as a thin cylinder that a user can hold by hand, and may be formed to have an outer diameter gradually decreasing toward the lower side.
  • a concave-convex shape or a wrinkle shape is formed on one surface of the grip part 401 to prevent slipping when the user holds the grip part 401 so that the electric kettle 1 can be lifted while holding the grip part 401 stably. may be configured.
  • the grip portion 401 is formed of a material having high frictional force such as rubber or silicone, it is possible to further prevent slippage when the user grips the handle 40 .
  • a handle cap 402 is further provided on the lower surface of the pillar frame 412 .
  • the handle cap 402 surrounds the lower end of the handle 40 and may be coupled to the pillar frame 412 by welding or an adhesive, or by force fitting or a separate fastening means.
  • One or more pillar hook holes 403 are formed in the rear surface (front in FIG. 12 ) of the pillar frame 412 to penetrate back and forth.
  • a case in which two pillar hook holes 403 are formed vertically is exemplified.
  • a pillar hook 444 to be described below is fastened to the pillar hook hole 403 .
  • the handle cover 42 is preferably made of a stainless steel material, such as the body 10, and forms the outer shape of the handle 40 to function as a decoration.
  • the handle cover 42 includes a pillar piece 422 surrounding at least one surface of the pillar frame 412 , and a side piece 421 formed on the upper side of the pillar piece 422 and surrounding the outside of the sidewall frame 411 . ) and an upper piece 43 formed on one side of the side wall frame 411 and shielding the opened upper portion of the side wall frame 411 .
  • the pillar piece 422 is formed to surround the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 as shown. Accordingly, the pillar piece 422 is preferably formed to correspond to the curvature and shape of the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 .
  • the side piece 421 is a portion surrounding the side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41 . Therefore, it is integrally formed on the upper side of the column piece 422 .
  • the upper piece 43 shields the upper side of the open side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41, is formed integrally with the upper end of the side piece 421, and is preferably made of a flat plate having a predetermined thickness.
  • the handle cover 42 is preferably configured to be fastened to the handle supporter 41 by hook coupling. That is, it is preferable that the handle supporter 41 and the handle cover 42 are further provided with a hook so as to be coupled with one touch.
  • a cover bracket 44 is further provided on the inner surface of the handle cover 42, and the cover bracket 44 is provided with one or more hooks.
  • the cover bracket 44 is integrally coupled with the handle cover 42 . That is, the cover bracket 44 is closely fixed to the inner surface of the handle cover 42 by welding or an adhesive.
  • the cover bracket 44 includes a side portion 441 having a shape corresponding to the outer surface of the side wall frame 411 , and a pillar portion 442 having a shape corresponding to the outer surface of the column frame 412 , etc. . As such, the cover bracket 44 is formed to correspond to the outer surface of the handle supporter 41 .
  • the pillar portion 442 is elongated vertically to have a curvature corresponding to the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 of the handle supporter 41 , and the side portion 441 is the side wall frame 411 . It is preferable to have a ' ⁇ ' shape (when viewed from above) so as to correspond to the outer surface of the .
  • the shape of the cover bracket 44 has a shape corresponding to the inner surface shape and curvature of the handle cover 42 and is closely fixed to the inner surface of the handle cover 42 .
  • Hooks 443 and 444 and hook grooves 403,417) are formed in the handle supporter 41 and the cover bracket 44 to correspond to each other and to be fastened. That is, the cover bracket 44 is integrally attached to the handle cover 42 and coupled to the handle supporter 41 by one touch, so that the handle cover 42 is connected to the handle supporter 41 . to be bound to
  • the handle supporter 41 and the cover bracket 44 are provided with hooks 443 and 444 and hook grooves 403,417 that are respectively coupled to each other. It is preferable that at least one is provided at positions corresponding to each other 411), the side portion 441, and the pillar frame 412 and the pillar portion 442, respectively. That is, the hooks 443 and 444 include a side wall hook 443 provided on the side portion 441 of the cover bracket 44 and a column hook 444 provided on the column portion 442 of the cover bracket 44, etc. The side wall hook 443 and the pillar hook 444 are cut and bent from the cover bracket 44 .
  • a pair of side wall hook grooves 417, respectively, on the left and right sides are formed to be recessed to a predetermined depth inward.
  • a pillar hook hole 403 is formed on the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 of the handle supporter 41 .
  • the pillar hook hole 403 is preferably formed to pass through the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 back and forth.
  • the pillar hook hole 403 is formed in the form of a groove that is recessed to a predetermined depth inward (front) in addition to the hole type penetrating the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 back and forth.
  • the cover bracket 44 is formed with a side wall hook 443 and a pillar hook 444, respectively.
  • the side wall hook 443 is a portion cut off from the side portion 441 of the cover bracket 44 as shown, and the pillar hook 444 is separated from the pillar portion 442 of the cover bracket 44 . Some parts are cut off.
  • the side wall hook 443 is formed at a position corresponding to the side wall hook groove 417 of the side wall frame 411, and when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, the side wall hook ( 443) is preferably configured to be accommodated in the side wall hook groove (417).
  • the side wall hook 443 is formed such that the lower end is connected to the side portion 441 as shown, and the upper end is bent inward. In this way, when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, the upper end of the side wall hook 443 is accommodated in the side wall hook groove 417 so that the handle cover 42 is connected to the handle supporter 41 . ) to prevent upward deviation.
  • the pillar hook 444 is formed at a position corresponding to the pillar hook hole 403 of the pillar frame 412, and when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, the pillar hook ( 444) is preferably configured to be inserted into the pillar hook hole 403 to be hung.
  • the pillar hook 444 is formed such that the upper end is connected to the column portion 442, and the lower end is spaced apart a predetermined distance forward.
  • the pillar hook 444 is opened. It is automatically inserted into the pillar hook hole 403 to keep the handle cover 42 in close contact with the handle supporter 41 .
  • the pillar hook 444, the receiving portion 444a formed at a position spaced apart from the pillar portion 442 by cutting from the pillar portion 442, and one end of the receiving portion 444a (
  • the support portion 444b that is bent from the upper end) and connects the receiving portion 444a and the pillar 442, and the other end (lower end) of the receiving portion 444a, which is bent and formed to extend It consists of a guide part 444c and the like.
  • the pillar hook 444 is generally formed in a ' ⁇ ' shape (when viewed from the right side), and the guide part 444c at the lower end is bent forward (when viewed from the right side, on the left).
  • the distance between the receiving portion 444a and the pillar portion 442 preferably has a size corresponding to the thickness of the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 .
  • the guide part 444c of the pillar hook 444 automatically enters into the pillar hook hole 403.
  • the receiving portion 444a enters the inside of the pillar frame 412 , and the handle cover 42 is coupled to the handle supporter 41 .
  • one or more ribs for supporting the PCB may be further provided inside the sidewall frame 411 .
  • the handle bracket 15 includes an attachment part 151 coupled to the inner body 12, a coupling part 152 coupled to the bracket fastening end 413, and the attachment part 151 spaced apart from each other. and a connection part 153 and the like connecting the coupling part 152 to each other.
  • the attachment part 151 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the outer surface of the inner body 12 , and is preferably attached and fixed to the inner body 12 by welding or an adhesive.
  • the attachment part 151 is formed as a pair so as to be spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance, but three or more attachment parts 151 may be provided.
  • the fastening part 152 is a part coupled to the bracket fastening end 413 by a fastening means. Accordingly, the fastening part 152 is preferably made of a flat plate having a predetermined thickness to correspond to the bracket fastening end 413, and at least one fastening hole 154 into which a bolt or the like is inserted is formed to penetrate back and forth. can be
  • the handle 40 is provided with a control means 45 for controlling the power supplied to the heating module 50 or for controlling the temperature of the contents inside the body 10 .
  • the control means (45) is provided between the handle supporter (41) and the handle cover (42). That is, a space of a predetermined size is formed inside the side wall frame 411 constituting the handle supporter 41 of the handle 40 , and the control means 45 including a plurality of electric components is installed in this space.
  • the upper part 43 of the handle cover 42 is configured to serve as a control unit for a user to operate the operation of the electric kettle 1 or a display function that allows the user to check the operating state of the electric kettle 1 desirable.
  • a first manipulation unit 431 capable of turning on/off the power supplied to the inside of the electric kettle 1 by a user's press or touch
  • a second manipulation unit 432 capable of setting or controlling the temperature inside the body 10 by a user's press or touch may be provided.
  • the first manipulation unit 431 is formed in a circular flat plate shape, and at least a central portion thereof is preferably formed to have elasticity so that it can flow up and down.
  • the second manipulation unit 432 is provided on the front side of the first manipulation unit 431 , and it is preferable that the second manipulation unit 432 also has elasticity to flow up and down. Accordingly, a cut line 432a having a predetermined size may be formed before and after the second manipulation unit 432 so that the second manipulation unit 432 can partially flow up and down.
  • a plurality of see-through holes 433 are formed to penetrate vertically in front of the second manipulation unit 432 , that is, in a portion of the upper piece 43 that is close to the body 10 .
  • the see-through hole 433 is a hole through which the light of the light emitting device 477, which will be described below, is transmitted through the upper side 43 so that the user can recognize it.
  • a temperature display for allowing the light displayed on the see-through hole 433 to display the temperature is further printed next to the see-through hole 433 .
  • the control means 45 includes a main PCB 46 provided with a plurality of control parts, and a press or touch transmitted through the first manipulation unit 431 and/or the second manipulation unit 432 of the upper piece 43 . So that the touch PCB 47 that senses (touch) and the press or touch of the first manipulation unit 431 or/and the second manipulation unit 432 of the upper piece 43 are transferred to the touch pcb 47 without malfunction It is composed of a touch booster 48 and the like.
  • the touch booster 48 is closely installed on the lower side of the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 . And, between the touch booster 48 and the upper piece 43 of the handle cover 42 , a double-sided tape 451 may be used so that the touch booster 48 is closely fixed to the bottom surface of the upper piece 43 .
  • the touch PCB 47 is installed below the touch booster 48 .
  • the touch PCB 47 is also preferably installed in close contact with the bottom surface of the touch booster 48, and for this purpose, a double-sided tape 451 for bonding the two parts is also provided between the touch booster 48 and the touch PCB 47. can be used
  • a main PCB 46 is provided below the touch PCB 47 .
  • the main PCB 46 is for setting various functions or controlling the operation of the electric kettle 1, and a plurality of electric components are installed therein. That is, the main PCB 46 may have a function of controlling the overall operation of the electric kettle 1 , may be connected to the heater module 50 , and may control the operation of the heater 54 . .
  • the main PCB 46 is coupled to the touch PCB 47, and for this purpose, the touch PCB 47 and the main PCB 46 have a shape corresponding to each other and are fastened with an upper connector 47a and a lower connector ( 46a) may be provided with one or more.
  • connection connector 46b for power connection or data input/output may be further provided below the main PCB 46 .
  • the touch PCB 47 is provided with a sensor for detecting a pressing operation or touch of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 formed on the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 .
  • the touch PCB 47 is preferably made of three layers, and an indicator substrate 471 on which a sensor for detecting a user's operation such as the touch sensor 472 is installed is provided at the lowermost side, and the indicator A protection substrate 475 is provided on the upper side of the substrate 471 to protect components such as the touch sensor 472 from interfering with other external components, and the touch booster 48 is provided on the upper side of the protection substrate 475.
  • a touch substrate 473 for transmitting an operation transmitted from the touch sensor 472 and the like is provided.
  • the touch sensor 472 may be configured as a piezo-type touch sensor using a piezoelectric element to prevent erroneous sensing and effectively sense the touch of the handle cover 42 made of stainless steel. . That is, when the manipulation units 431 and 432 are manipulated, the user's touch is recognized by sensing the deformation of the upper part 43 of the handle cover 42 , so that the user's hand can be frequently touched by misrecognition in the handle 40 . can be prevented and effective operation can be recognized effectively.
  • the touch sensor 472 is preferably provided at a position corresponding to the upper and lower sides of the manipulation units 431 and 432 . Accordingly, when the user presses the manipulation units 431 and 432, the touch sensor 472 detects it and generates a signal for operation.
  • a plurality of light emitting devices 477 for externally displaying the temperature state or temperature setting of the body 10 are provided on one side or one end of the touch PCB 47 . That is, a plurality of light emitting devices 477 are provided at the front end (left end in FIG. 14 ) of the touch PCB 47 .
  • the number of light emitting devices 477 may be disposed to correspond to positions corresponding to the upper and lower sides of the see-through hole 433 .
  • a plurality of light emitting devices 477 are provided at the front end (left end in FIG. 14 ) of the indicator substrate 471 .
  • the case in which the light emitting element 477 is formed at equal intervals in a total of five sets is exemplified, and in one set, two LEDs emitting red light and white light, respectively. is paired with
  • the heating state or the keeping warm state with different lights. That is, in the case of continuous heating as an example, the white LED among the LEDs of the light emitting device 477 is turned on to indicate the heating state, and when the heating is completed and the heating state is completed, the light emitting element In 477, the red LED is turned on so that the red light leaks out through the see-through hole 433, so that the user can visually check the warming state.
  • a plurality of the light emitting devices 477 are installed at equal intervals at the front end of the touch PCB 47, and two or more LEDs emitting different colors are preferably provided in pairs. do.
  • An LED cover 49 surrounding the light emitting device 477 is further provided on one side of the touch PCB 47 . That is, an LED cover 49 is further provided above the light emitting device 477 installed on the upper surface of the touch PCB 47 to surround the upper side of the light emitting device 477 .
  • the LED cover 49 is preferably made of a transparent or translucent material to allow light emitted from the light emitting device 477 to pass therethrough, and the LED cover 49 is preferably made of an elastic material.
  • the LED cover 49 is preferably formed of a material that allows light to pass through, and is formed of a material capable of diffusing and dispersing light as needed so that the light irradiated from the light emitting device 477 shines brighter. it might be
  • the LED cover 49 is formed at a position spaced apart from a plurality of individual covers 491 each surrounding the plurality of light emitting devices 477, and the individual covers 491, and the plurality of individual covers 491 are formed. It consists of a cover 492 for supporting, and a cover connecting portion 493 for connecting the plurality of individual covers 491 and the cover 492 to each other.
  • each of the light emitting devices 477 described above that is, a set of two LEDs, constitute a pair (red LED and white LED), a total of five light emitting devices ( 477) respectively.
  • each of these individual covers 491 is connected to the cover 492 having a predetermined curvature.
  • an LED groove 494 in which the light emitting device 477 is accommodated is formed to be recessed to one side. That is, the individual cover 491 is installed to surround the upper side of the light emitting device 477 . Accordingly, an LED groove 494 recessed upward is formed on the bottom surface of the individual cover 491, and the LED groove 494 is formed when the LED cover 49 covers the light emitting device 477, respectively. (477) is the accepted part.
  • the individual cover 491 has a base dome 491a in contact with one surface of the touch PCB 47, an intermediate dome 491b having a size smaller than that of the base dome 491a, and the intermediate dome 491b. It is composed of an upper dome 491c having a small size and the like.
  • the base dome 491a constitutes the lower end of the individual cover 491 and is in close contact with the upper surface of the touch PCB 47, is formed to have a predetermined thickness, and is a touch booster 48 to be described below. ) is a part accommodated in the cover groove 483.
  • the intermediate dome 491b is a portion that protrudes from the upper surface of the base dome 491a toward the singe at a predetermined height, and is preferably formed to have a flat cross-section having a size smaller than that of the base dome 491a.
  • the intermediate dome 491b is a portion accommodated in the intermediate hole 484 of the touch booster 48 to be described below. Therefore, the intermediate dome 491b is preferably formed to have a rectangular cross section corresponding to the intermediate hole 484 to be described below.
  • the upper dome 491c is formed to protrude upward from the upper surface of the intermediate dome 491b, and preferably has a smaller size than the intermediate dome 491b.
  • the upper dome 491c is a portion to be inserted and fitted into the see-through hole 433 formed in the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 .
  • the upper dome 491c preferably has a shape (circular) corresponding to the see-through hole 433, and the outer diameter of the upper dome 491c has a size corresponding to the inner diameter of the see-through hole 433. It is preferable to have More preferably, the upper dome 491c is formed to be coupled to the see-through hole 433 by force fitting, so that water does not penetrate from the outside to the inside of the handle 40 through the see-through hole 433 . is composed
  • the touch booster 48 is preferably configured to have a size and shape corresponding to the upper part 43 of the handle cover 42 as a whole.
  • a portion 481 is formed. That is, in the touch booster 48 , a touch transfer unit 481 is formed at a position overlapping the installation position of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 , respectively.
  • the touch transfer unit 481 is located at the lower center of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 formed on the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 .
  • the touch transfer unit 481 is formed to be spaced apart from the touch booster 48, is connected to the touch booster 48 by a connecting rib 482a having a predetermined length, and is installed to elastically flow up and down. That is, the touch transfer unit 481 is preferably formed to have elasticity so that the central portion can flow up and down in a certain portion.
  • the touch booster 48 has a booster hole 482 at a position corresponding to the lower side of the first manipulation unit 431 and the second manipulation unit 432 of the handle cover 42 so as to penetrate vertically.
  • the touch transfer unit 481 is formed of a rectangular flat plate of a predetermined size.
  • connection rib 482a is further provided to connect the touch transfer unit 481 with the touch booster 48 .
  • the connecting rib 482a is configured to have a 'L' or 'L' shape (when viewed from above), and both ends are integrally connected to the touch transfer unit 481 and the touch booster 48, respectively.
  • the touch transfer unit 481 As described above, forming the touch transfer unit 481 to be connected to the center of the booster hole 482 by the connecting rib 482a ensures that the user's pressing operation is well transmitted to the touch PCB 47 and malfunctions at the same time. is to prevent That is, the touch transmitting part 481 has elasticity by the connecting rib 482a to allow it to flow up and down, while accurately applying the first manipulation part 431 and the second manipulation part 432 of the handle cover 42 . When the pressing operation is not performed, the pressing operation is not transmitted to the touch PCB 47 to prevent a malfunction.
  • a pressing protrusion 481a protruding to one side is further formed on one surface of the touch transfer unit 481 . That is, as shown, a pressing protrusion 481a protruding downward is further formed on the bottom surface of the touch transfer unit 481 .
  • the pressing protrusion 481a has a cylindrical shape having a predetermined thickness, is formed to have a predetermined length, and is preferably installed so as to overlap at a position in contact with or spaced apart from the upper surface of the substrate pressing portion 473a to be described below. .
  • the touch substrate 473 has a substrate pressing portion 473a that is in contact with the pressing protrusion 481a of the touch booster 48 and transmits the pressure applied from the pressing protrusion 481a to the sensor of the indicator substrate 471 . ) is further provided.
  • the substrate pressing portion 473a is formed to be spaced apart from the touch substrate 473 and is connected by one or more touch ribs 473b to be installed to be movable up and down.
  • the substrate pressing unit 473a is formed to have a predetermined elasticity so as to be movable up and down. That is, in the touch substrate 473 , a substrate hole 473c is formed to penetrate vertically at a position corresponding to the formation position of the booster hole 482 of the touch booster 48 , and at the center of the substrate hole 473c A substrate pressing portion 473a is provided.
  • the substrate pressing portion 473a is integrally connected to the touch booster 48 by touch ribs 473b formed in front, rear, left, and right directions. Accordingly, the substrate pressing part 473a can move up and down with a predetermined size, and only the correct pressing operation transmitted from the touch PCB 47 is sensed.
  • the touch booster 48 has a cover groove 483 in which the base dome 491a of the individual cover 491 is accommodated and mounted, and an intermediate hole in which the intermediate dome 491b of the individual cover 491 is inserted and installed. (484) is formed.
  • a cover wall 485 protruding from one surface of the touch booster 48 to form an edge of the cover groove 483 is formed at the front end (left end in FIG. 17 ) of the touch booster 48 . That is, a rectangular cover wall 485 protruding downward is formed on the bottom surface of the left end (in FIG. 17) of the touch booster 48, and a predetermined size of the cover wall 485 is recessed upwardly inside the cover wall 485.
  • a cover groove 483 is formed.
  • the cover groove 483 is a portion in which the base dome 491a of the LED cover 49 is accommodated when the LED cover 49 is coupled to the lower side of the touch booster 48 .
  • An intermediate hole 484 is formed vertically through the upper surface of the cover groove 483 , and the intermediate hole 484 has a rectangular shape corresponding to the intermediate dome 491b of the LED cover 49 described above. And, the middle dome 491b of the LED cover 49 is inserted into the middle hole 484 when the LED cover 49 is coupled to the lower side of the touch booster 48 .
  • connection groove 485a in which the cover connection part 493 is accommodated is formed in the cover wall 485 to be depressed to one side. That is, a connection groove 485a is formed in the wall on the right side (in FIG. 17 ) of the cover wall 485 to be depressed upward.
  • the connection groove 485a is a portion in which the cover connection portion 493 of the LED cover 49 is accommodated when the LED cover 49 is coupled to the lower side of the touch booster 48 .
  • a cover hook 486 for fixing the base dome 491a accommodated in the cover groove 483 not to be separated to the outside is further provided. That is, as shown, at the left end of the cover wall 485, a pair of cover hooks 486 protruding further to the left or lower are provided, so that the base dome 491a accommodated in the cover groove 483 is It is fixed so that it does not come off to the lower side again.
  • a booster support end 487 accommodated at the upper end of the column frame 412 of the handle supporter 41 is formed to protrude downward. That is, at the right end (in FIG. 17) of the touch booster 48, a booster support end 487 extending downward is further formed, and this booster support end 487 is the handle supporter 41 described above. It is a part accommodated in the support end groove 416 of the.
  • the booster support end 487 is preferably formed to have a curvature corresponding to the rear surface of the handle supporter 41 and the pillar frame 412 .
  • a substrate support jaw 487a supporting one end of the touch PCB 47 or the main PCB 46 is formed to protrude to one side. That is, on the inner surface (left side in FIG. 17 ) of the booster supporting end 487 , a substrate supporting jaw 487a protruding to the left (in FIG. 17 ) is further formed.
  • the rear end of the indicator substrate 471 of the touch PCB 47 is placed and supported on the substrate support jaw 487a.
  • such a substrate support jaw 487a may be further formed at the lower end of the booster support end 487 to support the rear end of the main PCB 46 .
  • engaging ribs 488 are further formed to protrude forward and backward (in FIG. 17 ).
  • the engaging rib 488 is a portion inserted into the engaging rib groove 418 of the handle supporter 41 .
  • a see-through hole 433 having a shape corresponding to the outer shape of the upper dome 491c is formed through the top and bottom, and the see-through hole ( The upper dome 491c is accommodated in 433 , and the light of the light emitting device 477 is guided to be irradiated to the outside of the handle 40 . Accordingly, the user can grasp the state of whether the contents inside the body 10 are being heated or kept warm from above the handle 40 .
  • a communication unit may be provided in the space inside the handle 40 . That is, a communication unit is provided in the inner space of the handle 40 so that the electric kettle 1 may be controlled by wireless communication or configured to transmit information.
  • Such a communication unit may be composed of various communication modules capable of communication, such as Wifi, ZigBee, and NFC.
  • the communication unit may be connected to the main PCB 46 and the like to control the overall operation of the electric kettle 1 using wireless communication.
  • FIGS. 21 to 28 show the configuration of another embodiment of the handle 40 . That is, FIGS. 21 and 22 show the configuration of another embodiment of the handle 40 in a perspective view and an exploded perspective view, and FIG. 23 shows a state in which the handle cover 42 is removed in another embodiment of the handle 40 . A cut-away perspective view is shown, and FIG. 24 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a state in which another embodiment of the handle 40 is fastened to the body 10 . And, in FIGS. 25 and 26, a partial perspective view showing a state in which another embodiment of the handle 40 is fastened to the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 is shown, respectively, and in FIGS. 27 and 28, the handle supporter ( 41) and the configuration of another embodiment of the handle bracket 15 are respectively shown in a perspective view.
  • the handle supporter 41 has a bracket fastening end 413 at the front end of a flat plate shape of a predetermined size, and this bracket fastening end 413 has a ' ⁇ ' shape (when viewed from the right side) as a whole. and three screw ends 413c are formed in a cylindrical shape.
  • bracket fastening end 413 is fastened to the handle bracket 15 by three screws or the like.
  • one or more reinforcing ribs 413b are further formed on the front surface of the bracket fastening end 413 .
  • the reinforcing rib 413b may be formed to connect the screw end 413c to each other or to connect the central screw end 413c and the hook end 415 .
  • a hanging end 415 is formed to protrude upward. That is, as shown, the upper end of the bracket fastening end 413 has a hook end 415 protruding upward to have a predetermined height.
  • the hanging end 415 is a portion hooked on the upper end of the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 .
  • One or more seating ribs 411a for supporting the PCB are further provided inside the sidewall frame 411 . That is, as shown, it is preferable that the seating ribs 411a protrude inward in pairs on the left and right sides of the lower half of the inner surface of the side wall frame 411 .
  • the upper end of the seating rib 411a is formed to be in contact with the bottom surfaces of both ends of the main PCB 46 , and supports the lower portion of the main PCB 46 .
  • a work groove 416a is further formed below the support end groove 416 of the handle supporter 41 to be depressed downward.
  • the working groove 416a is for a worker to insert a driver or the like from the rear (right side in FIG. 25) of the handle supporter 41 to fasten a screw or the like to the screw end 413c. It is a hole.
  • FIG. 28 the configuration of another embodiment of the handle bracket 15 according to the present invention is shown in FIG. 28, and as shown here, the handle bracket 15 is also configured to be assembled using three screws. Except that, the function and form of each part are the same as described above.
  • the handle bracket 15 includes an attachment part 151 coupled to the inner body 12, a coupling part 152 coupled to the bracket fastening end 413, and the attachment part spaced apart from each other. It consists of a connection part 153, etc. which connect the 151 and the fastening part 152 to each other.
  • the attachment part 151 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the outer surface of the inner body 12 , and is fixedly attached to the inner body 12 by welding or an adhesive.
  • FIGS. 29 to 44 show the configuration of the lid 20 in detail. That is, in FIGS. 29 and 30 , perspective views of the lid 20 as viewed from the top and bottom are shown, respectively, and FIGS. 31 and 32 are exploded perspective views of the lid 20 shown in FIGS. 29 and 30 , respectively. 33 is a partial exploded view showing a state in which the metal cover 25 is separated from the lid 20 is shown. And, in FIGS. 34 and 35, a longitudinal sectional view showing the internal configuration of the lid 20 and a lower perspective view thereof are respectively shown, and in FIG. 36 is a longitudinal sectional view of the lid 20 cut in a different direction from FIG. is shown, and FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the cover cap 21 of the lid 20 . In addition, in FIGS.
  • FIGS. 38 and 39 perspective views of the upper cover 22 of the lid 20 as viewed from the top and bottom are respectively shown, and in FIGS. 40 and 41 , the lid packing 24 of the lid 20 is shown. Top and bottom perspective views are shown, respectively.
  • FIG. 42 is a bottom view showing the configuration of the lid packing 24 of the lid 20
  • FIGS. 43 and 44 are perspective views of the lower cover 23 of the lid 20 viewed from the top and bottom. are shown respectively.
  • At least one of the lid 20 or the body 10 is preferably provided with a magnet.
  • a magnet such a magnet ( ⁇ ) may be composed of a permanent magnet ( ⁇ ), it is preferable that a plurality of the rim of the lid 20 is provided at equal intervals.
  • the lid 20 includes an upper cover 22 forming an upper exterior, a lower cover 23 provided below the upper cover 22 to match the upper cover 22 , and the upper cover 22 . ) or a lid packing 24 provided on one side of the lower cover 23 and made of an elastic material to seal the gap between the body 10 and the lid 20, and provided on the lower side of the lower cover 23 and a metal cover 25 made of a metal material, and one or more magnets 26 provided on one side of the lower cover 23 .
  • the upper cover 22, the cover cap 21 for the user's grip is formed to protrude upward.
  • the cover cap 21 serves as a handle of the lid 20, and it is preferable to perform electrodeposition coating on an aluminum (AL) material for light weight and high quality.
  • a tab (tap) is formed so that the fastening bolt 250 is screwed.
  • the cover cap 21 is closely fixed to the upper surface of the upper cover 22 by a fastening bolt 250 , and the fastening bolt 250 is fixed to the metal cover 25 . That is, as shown, the lower end (head) of the fastening bolt 250 is preferably fixed to the center of the upper surface of the metal cover 25 by welding or the like.
  • the cover cap 21 has a cylindrical shape having a predetermined outer diameter with an upper portion shielded as shown. Accordingly, the cover cap 21 includes a cylindrical cap body 210 that forms a side appearance, and a cap upper piece 212 that shields the upper surface of the cap body 210 and forms an upper outer appearance.
  • a bolt fastening part 214 is further formed in the inner center of the cover cap 21 , that is, the inner center of the cap body 210 . That is, a cylindrical bolt fastening part 214 protruding downward from the center of the bottom surface of the cap upper piece 212 is formed, and the fastening bolt 250 is screwed into the inside of the bolt fastening part 214.
  • Tab groove (214a) is formed to be depressed upward.
  • the tab groove 214a is a part to which a fastening bolt 250 to be described below is screwed. Accordingly, since the bolt fastening part 214 serves as a nut corresponding to the fastening bolt 250 to be described below, the inner surface of the tab groove 214a has a female screw corresponding to the male screw of the fastening bolt 250 . It is preferable that a tab having a
  • a cylindrical cap protrusion 216 is further formed on the side of the bolt fastening part 214 .
  • the upper and lower lengths of the cap protrusion 216 preferably have the same size as that of the bolt fastening part 214 , and the cap protrusion groove 216a is formed to be depressed upwardly.
  • the cap protrusion groove 216a is a portion in which the rotation preventing protrusion 216 of the upper cover 22 to be described below is accommodated. That is, the inner diameter of the cap protrusion groove 216a is made of a size and shape corresponding to the outer diameter of the rotation prevention protrusion 216 of the upper cover 22 to be described below, and the cap protrusion groove 216a is formed from below.
  • the rotation preventing protrusion 216 of the upper cover 22 to be described is accommodated, so that rotation is prevented while the cover cap 21 is mounted on the upper cover 22 .
  • the cap protrusion part 216 is formed to protrude downward from the bottom surface of the cap upper piece 212, and the side surface of the cap protrusion part 216 is connected to and supported by the cap body 210 and the cap connection part 218. may be
  • the upper cover 22 is made of a flat plate having a predetermined thickness, and the edge of the upper cover 22 is vertically bent downward to form the upper cover end 220 .
  • a cap groove portion 212 in which the cover cap 21 is seated is formed in a central portion of the upper surface of the upper cover 22 to be depressed downward. That is, as shown, the central portion of the upper cover 22 is depressed downward to form a cap groove portion 212 that is a circular groove of a predetermined size, and the cap body of the cover cap 21 is formed in the cap groove portion 212 .
  • 210 is accommodated and mounted. Therefore, the diameter of the cap groove portion 212 is preferably formed to have a size corresponding to the outer diameter size of the cap body (210).
  • a cap guide rib 214 supporting the lower inner surface of the cover cap 21 is further formed on the bottom surface of the cap groove portion 212 to protrude upward. That is, a cap guide rib 214 having a smaller diameter than the inner circumferential surface of the cap groove portion 212 is formed on the bottom surface of the cap groove portion 212 to protrude upward. Therefore, the lower end of the cap body 210 of the cover cap 21 is accommodated and coupled between the cap guide rib 214 and the inner circumferential surface of the cap groove portion 212 .
  • connection part groove 214a of a predetermined size is formed at one end (near the left end in FIG. 38) of the cap guide rib 214.
  • This connection part groove 214a is the cap connection part 218 of the cover cap 21. part to be fixed.
  • a screw hole 215 through which the fastening bolt 250 passes is formed to penetrate vertically, and one side (left side in FIG. 38) of the screw hole 215 is spaced apart by a predetermined distance.
  • the anti-rotation protrusion 216 is formed to protrude upward.
  • the anti-rotation protrusion 216 is preferably formed in a cylindrical or cylindrical shape as shown, and is formed to protrude at a position spaced apart from the screw hole 215 to one side to be accommodated in the cap protrusion groove 216a.
  • anti-rotation protrusions 216 and cap protrusion grooves 216a are formed to correspond to each other and are formed, respectively, Rotation is prevented while the cover cap 21 is mounted on the upper cover 22 .
  • the anti-rotation protrusion 216 and the cap protrusion groove 216a may be formed opposite to each other. That is, the anti-rotation protrusion 216 is formed on the cover cap 21, and the cap protrusion groove 216a is formed in a shape corresponding to the upper cover 22 to be coupled to each other. .
  • the lid packing 24 is preferably provided between the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 . That is, the lid packing 24 is fixed in close contact with the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 .
  • the outer diameter of the upper cover 22 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the lower cover 23, and the outer rim of the lid packing 24 is installed to protrude outside the rim of the lower cover 23 This is preferable. That is, it is preferable that the outer diameter of the lid packing 24 is smaller than the outer diameter of the upper cover 22 and larger than the outer diameter of the lower cover 23 . Accordingly, the lid packing 24 is exposed outside the rim of the lower cover 23 in a state in close contact with the bottom surface of the upper cover 22 , so that the gap between the body 10 and the lid 20 . will be shielded
  • the lid packing 24 is preferably made of an elastic material such as rubber or silicone, and the coupling rib 240 fitted to the lower cover 23 and coupled to the lid packing 24 protrudes downward. is formed
  • the lid packing 24 is formed in a ring shape having a predetermined width, and the inner circumferential surface of the lid packing 24 is vertically bent downward to form the packing end 241 .
  • the packing end 241 is a portion caught on the inner surface of the inner wall 231 of the lower cover 23 to be described below.
  • the coupling rib 240 includes an inner rib 240a and an outer rib 240b that are formed to be spaced apart from each other. That is, the coupling ribs 240 are preferably formed as a pair, and are formed to protrude downward from the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 to have a predetermined height.
  • the inner rib 240a and the outer rib 240b are formed side by side so as to be spaced a predetermined distance downward from the central portion of the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 as shown, and these inner ribs 240a and outer ribs 240b The upper end of the outer wall 232 of the lower cover 23, which will be described below, may be inserted therebetween.
  • a packing groove 242 in which the upper surface of the magnet 26 is accommodated is further formed in the coupling rib 240 of the lid packing 24 . That is, a plurality of magnets 26 are provided in the lower cover 23 to be described below.
  • the packing groove 242 is recessed upwardly on the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 so that the upper end of the magnet 26 is accommodated. can be formed.
  • a metal groove 243 in which the edge end of the metal cover 25 is accommodated may be further formed on the lower surface of the lid packing 24 .
  • the metal groove 243 is formed to be depressed upwardly from the bottom surface of the lid packing 24, and the upper edge of the rim of the metal cover 25 is accommodated in the metal groove 243, so that from the outside to the inside of the lid 20 The penetration of foreign substances such as water is prevented.
  • a packing rim 244 having a somewhat larger thickness than the inside is formed at the edge end of the lid packing 24, and a predetermined depth is formed between the packing rim 244 and the outer rib 240b.
  • a metal groove 243 is formed.
  • the metal groove 243 is formed to be depressed upward to a predetermined depth along the outer circumferential surface of the outer rib 240b. ) is inserted at the top.
  • a plurality of air vents 245 are formed to be depressed upwardly in the packing border 244 , and the depression depth of these air vents 245 is larger than the depression depth of the metal groove 243 . It is preferable to form Accordingly, even in a state in which the metal cover 25 and the lid packing 24 are coupled, the air can flow through the air vent 245 .
  • One or more air vents 245 may be formed, but in this embodiment, a case in which a total of four air vents 245 are formed on the front, rear, left and right sides of the lid packing 24 is exemplified.
  • the lower cover 23 is provided on the lower side of the upper cover 22 and is coupled to each other to closely fix the lid packing 24 .
  • a plurality of magnets 26 are provided on the lower cover 23 .
  • the magnet 26 is preferably made of heat-resistant neodymium magnets, and a plurality of magnets are provided. This embodiment exemplifies a case in which a magnet in the form of a square box is provided.
  • a plurality of magnets 26 are provided on the lid 20 at equal intervals in consideration of directionality. That is, when the lid 20 is coupled to the upper part of the body 10, even if the user closes the lid 20 regardless of the direction, since a plurality of magnets 26 are installed in the lid 20, these magnets ( This is because 26) will be placed in a position close to the inner magnet 126 of the body 10, which will be described below.
  • the magnet frame 127 of the body 10 to be described below is made of a metal material, when a plurality of magnets 26 are provided in the lid 20 at equal intervals, these magnets 26 Since the magnetic force of the metal works on the magnetic frame 127 of the metal material, the lid 20 is more firmly fixed. That is, even when the water pressure inside the body 10 acts on the lid 20 when the electric kettle is tilted, the lid 20 is not opened.
  • a support wall 230 for supporting the magnet 26 and the lid packing 24 is further formed on the lower cover 23 . That is, a support wall 230 protruding upward is formed on the upper surface of the lower cover 23 , and one or more magnet accommodating grooves 234 having an outside opening are formed in the support wall 230 .
  • the magnet accommodating groove 234 is formed to open upward and laterally, and the magnet 26 is accommodated therein.
  • the support wall 230 is formed in a position spaced apart from the inner wall 231 which is formed in a circular ring shape and supports one surface of the magnet 26, and the inner wall 231, and the lid packing It consists of an outer wall 232 coupled to the coupling rib 240 of the 24 and the like.
  • an outer wall 232 protruding upward to have a predetermined height is formed on the outer edge of the lower cover 23 , and a predetermined diameter is provided inside the outer wall 232 to have a smaller diameter than the outer wall 232 .
  • the inner wall 231 spaced apart by a distance is formed to protrude upward.
  • the inner wall 231 is formed in a ring shape having a predetermined diameter, and the plurality of magnets 26 are closely fixed to the outer surface of the inner wall 231 .
  • the upper ends of the outer wall 232 and the inner wall 231 are preferably formed to have the same height, and the upper end of the outer wall 232 is formed to be stepped so that the outer side is lower than the inner side, so that the outer rib 240b is positioned.
  • a vehicle surface 232a is formed.
  • the coupling rib 240 has a configuration including an inner rib 240a and an outer rib 240b formed to be spaced apart from each other, and the upper end of the outer wall 232 is formed to be stepped so that the outer side is lower than the inner side. It is preferable that the stepped surface 232a on which the outer rib 240b is positioned is formed. That is, as shown, the upper edge surface of the outer wall 232 is recessed downward to form a stepped surface 232a, and this stepped surface 232a is an outer rib 240b of the coupling rib 240. is the part where it is anchored.
  • the magnet accommodating groove 234 is formed in a rectangular groove shape of a predetermined size, and a pair of fixing ribs 234a protruding inwardly on the left and right inner surfaces of the magnet accommodating groove 234 are provided. more formed.
  • these fixing ribs 234a may be formed on the left or right side in addition to being formed in pairs on the left and right inner surfaces of the magnet accommodating groove 234 .
  • the plurality of magnets 26 are installed in a constant direction.
  • the plurality of magnets 26 are all installed in the same direction so that the 'N' pole or the 'S' pole faces outward. desirable.
  • a lower cover hole 235 penetrating up and down is formed in the center of the lower cover 23 , and this lower cover hole 235 is a portion through which the fastening bolt 250 passes and is accommodated.
  • a support frame 236 having a predetermined diameter is further formed on the outer side of the lower cover hole 235 .
  • the support frame 236 serves to support the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 while being spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance.
  • the metal cover 25 has a shape corresponding to the lower cover 23 and is formed to surround the lower cover 23 .
  • the metal cover 25 is preferably made of a stainless steel (stainless steel) material. As such, the reason that the metal cover 25 is made of a stainless steel material is that the metal cover 25 is a part in direct contact with the water heated inside the body 10, so hygiene is considered, and at the same time This is to achieve a more elegant and luxurious appearance when the lid 20 is exposed to the outside.
  • a stainless steel stainless steel
  • the metal cover 25 is made of a disk-shaped metal base 251 having a predetermined thickness, and a metal frame 252 vertically bent upward from the outer circumferential surface of the metal base 251 .
  • the metal base 251 is formed to have a size and shape corresponding to the lower portion of the lower cover 23 and surrounds the lower portion of the lower cover 23 , and is fastened to the center of the upper surface of the metal base 251 .
  • the bolt 250 is fixedly mounted by welding or the like. That is, the head of the fastening bolt 250 is welded to the central portion of the upper surface of the metal base 251 .
  • the metal frame 252 is formed to have a predetermined height on the outer circumferential surface of the metal base 251 , and the height of the metal frame 252 is formed to correspond to the height of the support wall 230 of the lower cover 23 , It surrounds the side of the lower cover 23 .
  • the upper end of the metal frame 252 is fixed to be in close contact with the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 so that foreign substances or water do not penetrate into the lid 20 .
  • FIG. 45 and 46 show a state in which a magnet is also installed in the body 10 . That is, FIG. 45 is a perspective view showing a state in which a magnet is mounted on the inner body 12 , and FIG. 46 is a state in which the magnet is separated from the inner body 12 shown in FIG. 45 .
  • one or more magnets may also be provided at the upper end of the body 10 .
  • a magnet installed on the inner body 12 will be referred to as an inner magnet 126 .
  • one or more magnets identical to or similar to the magnet 26 of the lower cover 23 described above may be provided at the upper end of the inner body 12 , which is the inner magnet 126 .
  • the inner body 12 is further provided with a magnet frame 127 for fixing and supporting the inner magnet 126 .
  • the magnet frame 127 may be made of a metal material, and the magnet frame 127 is preferably fixed to the outer surface of the inner body 12 by welding or the like.
  • the magnet frame 127 is preferably fixedly mounted on the upper outer surface of the inner body 12 by welding, etc., and the magnet frame 127 has a magnet fixing part ( 127a) is further formed.
  • the magnet frame 127 may be formed of one structure in the form of a ring, but may be formed of two or more cast members as shown for the convenience of installation.
  • the magnet fixing part 127a is formed to have a rectangular cross-section with an open inner side as shown, and is formed to surround the outer side and left and right side surfaces of the inner magnet 126 .
  • the inner magnet 126 installed on the inner body 12 is formed at the installation position of the water outlet 30 and the handle 40 . That is, the inner magnet 126 installed in the inner body 12 is preferably installed in the direction of the water outlet 30 and the handle 40, respectively.
  • the reason that the inner magnet 126 is installed in the direction of the water outlet 30 and the handle 40 is that when a user holds the handle of the electric kettle according to the present invention and tilts it to pour water, the magnet 26 ) and the inner magnet 126 is to prevent the lid 20 from being separated from the body 10 by the attractive force of each other.
  • the inner magnet 126 of the water outlet 30 side and the inner magnet 126 of the handle 40 are connected to the body 10, respectively.
  • the lid 20 is fixed so as not to be separated from the body 10 by the attractive force with the magnet 26 of the.
  • the user inserts a power line (not shown) connected to the base 60 into an outlet so that the power is connected.
  • the upper power module 55 and the lower power module 64 are in contact with each other so that power supply from the base 60 to the body 10 is possible. do.
  • the user may operate the pressing part of the upper part 43 of the handle 40 to start heating the heater 54 .
  • the user can check the set temperature through a display unit such as the see-through hole 433 , and operate the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 , etc. to heat the water accommodated in the heating space 101 .
  • Start can be manipulated. That is, by controlling the operation of the heater 54 by pressing the first manipulation unit 431 which is an on/off button, the user can control the heating and stopping of water.
  • the heater 54 may start to operate, and the water contained in the heating space 101 may be heated by the heat of the heater 54 .
  • the user can hold the handle 40 and lift the body 10 to separate it from the base 60, and tilt the electric kettle 1 to pour heated water. It is possible to pour through the water outlet (30).
  • the electric kettle 1 can reduce or block heat conduction by the dual structure of the body 10 in a state in which the water is heated. Therefore, even when the user comes into contact with the outer surface of the body 10, it is not excessively hot, so it is possible to secure safety in use, and it is possible to operate even in a state where the heater 54 is not operated.
  • the temperature of the heated water can be maintained for a long time.
  • the handle 40 is coupled to the body 10, the assembly process of the handle 40 will be described as follows.
  • parts such as the control means 45 are installed on the handle supporter 41 , and then the handle cover 42 is coupled to the handle supporter 41 .
  • the cover bracket 44 is fixed to the inner surface of the handle cover 42 by welding or the like. In this state, the handle cover 42 is brought close to the rear side of the handle supporter 41 .
  • the rear surface of the handle cover 42 is brought into close contact with the rear surface of the handle supporter 41, and in this state, the handle cover 42 is lowered.
  • the pillar portion 442 of the cover bracket 44 is in close contact with the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 of the handle supporter 41, so the pillar hook 444 of the guide portion 444c enters the pillar hook hole 403 .
  • the side wall hook 443 is accommodated in the side wall hook groove 417 .
  • the handle 40 is then fastened to the body 10 .
  • the handle bracket 15 is coupled to the upper end of the inner body 12 as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5 .
  • the hook end 415 of the handle 40 may be accommodated in the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 .
  • the handle 40 is upright.
  • bracket fastening end 413 of the handle 40 is in close contact with the handle bracket 15, the bracket fastening end 413 and the handle bracket 15 are fastened to each other using a screw or the like. do.
  • the handle 40 is coupled to the body 10 .
  • the hanging end 415 is lowered or lowered to the upper side in a state in which the handle 40 is in close contact with the body 10 according to the configuration, and the bracket fastening end 413 and the handle bracket 15 are fastened. That is, in the first embodiment, since the hanging end 415 protrudes below the bracket fastening end 413, in this case, the handle 40 is brought into close contact with the body 10 and then lowered down to fasten. .
  • the handle supporter 41 of the handle 40 is first coupled to the body 10 and then the handle cover 42 may be coupled in the manner described above.
  • the handle supporter 41 is passed through the outer body 11 as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26 so that the hook end 415 is caught in the handle hole 111, and then using a screw
  • the bracket fastening end 413 is fastened to the handle bracket 15 .
  • the magnet 26 is inserted into the magnet accommodating groove 234 of the lower cover 23 .
  • fixing ribs 234a are formed on the left and right sides of the magnet accommodating groove 234, the magnet 26 is firmly fixed by these fixing ribs 234a.
  • the lid packing 24 is mounted on the upper side of the lower cover 23 .
  • the coupling rib 240 of the lid packing 24 is fitted and coupled to the upper end of the support wall 230 of the lower cover 23 .
  • the upper cover 22 is coupled from the upper side.
  • the outer edge of the lid packing 24 is pressed and fixed between the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 in a state in which a certain portion protrudes to the outside of the lower cover 23 .
  • the cover cap 21 is fitted into the cap groove portion 212 of the upper cover 22 .
  • the cap body 210 is positioned between the inner circumferential surface of the cap groove portion 212 and the cap guide rib 214 , and the anti-rotation projection 216 is inserted into the cap projection groove 216a of the cover cap 21 . do.
  • the cover cap 21 is seated in a fixed position on the upper surface of the upper cover 22 , and rotation is prevented while being in close contact with the upper cover 22 .
  • the state is as shown in FIG. 33 , and then the metal cover 25 is coupled from the lower side. That is, the metal cover 25 is brought into close contact with the lower cover 23 as shown in FIG. 33 .
  • the fastening bolt 250 since the fastening bolt 250 is coupled to the upper surface of the metal cover 25 , the fastening bolt 250 passes through the lower cover hole 235 of the lower cover 23 and then the upper cover 22 ) through the screw hole 215 and screwed into the tab groove 214a of the cover cap 21 .
  • the process of screwing the fastening bolt 250 into the tab groove 214a is performed by rotating the metal cover 25 . That is, since the fastening bolt 250 is fixed to the metal cover 25 by welding, etc., when the metal cover 25 is rotated clockwise (when viewed from the lower side) while holding the hand, the fastening bolt 250 is fastened to the tab groove 214a of the cover cap 21 .
  • the assembly of the lid 20 is completed by this process.
  • the inside of the body 10 is sealed to heat the food or water inside. be able to do
  • the inner magnet 126 since the inner magnet 126 is also provided in the body 10, the inner magnet 126 of the inner body 12 and the magnet 26 of the lid 20 are attracted to each other ( Because it is attracted by the force, the lid 20 maintains a state coupled to the body 10 .
  • the lid 20 does not separate from the body 10 and maintains a state in which the upper portion of the body 10 is shielded. it will be done
  • the air vent 245 is formed in the lid 20 as described above, the gap between the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 and the air vent 245 of the lid packing 24 are formed. Through this, it is possible to flow air into and out of the body 10 .
  • the passage of air through the air vent 245 is formed to have a fine size, and when water boils inside the body 10, water droplets are formed by the water vapor, and the air vent 245 is naturally blocked to the outside. Steam outflow into the furnace is blocked.

Abstract

The present invention relates to an electric kettle having a magnet provided on a lid. The electric kettle according to the present invention comprises: a body in which water or food is accommodated; the lid for shielding the open upper side of the body; a base which is provided below the body and which supports the body; a heating module which is provided on one side of the body and which applies heat to heat the contents inside the body; and a handle provided on one side of the body and formed to be held by the hand, wherein the magnet is provided on the lid and/or the body. Therefore, even when the kettle is tilted, the lid is prevented from being separated therefrom.

Description

전기 주전자an electric kettle
본 발명은 전기 주전자에 관한 것으로서, 보다 상세하게는 자석(磁石)이 뚜껑에 구비되는 전기 주전자에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to an electric kettle, and more particularly, to an electric kettle having a lid provided with a magnet.
일반적으로 전기 주전자는 전기 공급에 의해 본체 내부에 수용된 물 등을 히터와 같은 가열 수단으로 가열하는 장치를 일컫는다. In general, an electric kettle refers to a device for heating water, etc. accommodated in a main body by a heating means such as a heater by supplying electricity.
그리고, 이러한 전기 주전자는 대부분 전원이 공급되는 베이스에 본체가 탈착되도록 구성되어 베이스에 안착된 상태로 가열되고, 손잡이를 잡고 본체를 들어 베이스로부터 분리하여 사용할 수 있다. 이와 같은 형태의 전기 주전자를 통상 무선 전기 주전자, 무선 전기 포트, 커피 포트 등 다양한 이름으로 부르고 있다.And, most of these electric kettles are configured such that the main body is detached from the base to which power is supplied, and is heated while seated on the base, and can be used by holding the handle and lifting the main body from the base. This type of electric kettle is usually called by various names such as a wireless electric kettle, a wireless electric pot, and a coffee pot.
이러한 전기 주전자는 본체의 형상이 복잡하고 내부 구성의 배치를 용이하게 하기 위해서 본체를 플라스틱 소재로 형성하는 경우가 있다. Such an electric kettle has a complex body shape and may be formed of a plastic material in order to facilitate the arrangement of internal components.
그러나, 장기간 사용시 플라스틱의 유해 성분 또는 미세 플라스틱 성분이 고온의 물에 용해될 수 있을 뿐만아니라 스크래치 등에 취약하고 그로 인한 내부의 오염문제가 발생할 수 있는 문제가 있다.However, when used for a long period of time, there is a problem that not only harmful components or microplastic components of plastics can be dissolved in high temperature water, but also they are vulnerable to scratches, and thus internal contamination problems may occur.
또한, 본체를 유리 소재로 형성하게 될 경우에는 위생상 우수하고 외관이 매우 뛰어나지만, 충격 등에 의한 파손 우려가 있으며, 무게가 무거워 사용이 불편하며, 성형이 용이하지 못한 문제가 있다.In addition, when the body is formed of a glass material, it is excellent in hygiene and has a very good appearance, but there is a risk of damage due to impact, etc.
따라서, 최근에는 본체가 스테인레스로 구성되며, 내부에 수용된 물을 가열할 수 있는 무선 전기 포트가 개시되어 있다. 이와 같은 구조에서는 본체가 스테인레스 소재로 형성되어 매우 위생적이고 내구성이 우수한 이점이 있다.Accordingly, in recent years, the main body is made of stainless steel, a wireless electric port capable of heating the water contained therein has been disclosed. In such a structure, the body is formed of a stainless material, so it is very hygienic and has excellent durability.
그러나, 이러한 개선된 종래기술에서도 여전히 뚜껑은 본체의 상부를 차폐하는 기능만을 가지도록 구성된다. However, even in this improved prior art, the lid is still configured to have only a function of shielding the upper part of the body.
예를 들어 한국 특허번호 제10-1631556호에서와 같이 단순히 뚜껑이 본체를 덮는 용도로만 사용되므로, 내부의 물을 따르기 위해서 본체를 기울이는 경우에는 뚜껑이 개방되는 문제점이 있다.For example, as in Korean Patent No. 10-1631556, since the lid is used only for covering the main body, there is a problem in that the lid is opened when the main body is tilted to pour the water inside.
또한, 한국 특허공개번호 제10-2017-0074313호에도 '블랜더 및 스티머 겸용 전기포트'가 개시되어 있으나, 이러한 종래기술에서도 뚜껑은 결합턱에 의해 본체와 결합되도록 구성되므로, 본체를 기울이는 경우에는 본체 내부의 물 압력에 의해 뚜껑이 열리는 문제점이 있다.In addition, Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0074313 also discloses a 'electric pot for both blender and steamer', but even in this prior art, the lid is configured to be coupled to the body by a coupling jaw, so when the body is tilted, the body There is a problem in that the lid is opened by the internal water pressure.
그리고, 이와 같은 종래의 전기포트나 전기주전자에서는, 바디로부터 뚜껑이 완전히 분리되도록 하는 구성은 뚜껑이나 바디의 세척이 손쉬운 장점은 있으나, 뚜껑과 바디 사이의 밀폐를 위해서 별도의 조작이나 장치가 필요하다. 따라서, 제조비용 및 제조능률이 저하됨은 물론, 이러한 별도의 조작이나 장치로 인하여 사용자에게 불편을 초래하는 문제점이 있다.And, in such a conventional electric pot or electric kettle, the configuration in which the lid is completely separated from the body has the advantage of easy cleaning of the lid or body, but a separate operation or device is required for sealing between the lid and the body. . Accordingly, there is a problem in that manufacturing cost and manufacturing efficiency are lowered, as well as causing inconvenience to users due to such a separate operation or device.
따라서, 본 발명의 목적은 상기한 바와 같은 종래 기술의 문제점을 해결하기 위한 것으로, 두껑의 닫힘이 견고하게 유지 가능한 전기 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to solve the problems of the prior art as described above, and an object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which the lid can be firmly maintained.
본 발명은 뚜껑에 자석(磁石)을 구비하여 자력(磁力)에 의해 뚜껑의 개방이 방지되는 전기 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which the lid is provided with a magnet and the lid is prevented from being opened by magnetic force.
본 발명은 뚜껑과 본체에 서로 대응되는 자석(磁石)이 구비되는 전기 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle provided with magnets corresponding to each other on a lid and a body.
본 발명은 다수의 부품으로 구성되는 뚜껑의 조립이 용이한 전기 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle that is easily assembled with a lid composed of a plurality of parts.
본 발명은 실리콘(silicon) 재질의 뚜껑패킹이 뚜껑의 상단부에 구비되어 본체 내부의 물과 접촉되는 것이 방지되는 전지 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide a battery kettle in which a lid packing made of a silicone material is provided at the upper end of the lid to prevent it from coming into contact with water inside the body.
본 발명은 뚜껑패킹에 공기 유동이 가능한 에어벤트가 구비되어 외부의 공기가 본체 내부로 유입 가능한 전기 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which an air vent capable of air flow is provided in the lid packing to allow external air to flow into the main body.
본 발명은 본체 내부의 물과 접촉하는 뚜껑의 하단부에는 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질의 메탈커버가 구비되는 전기 주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which a metal cover made of stainless steel is provided at the lower end of the lid in contact with water inside the body.
본 발명은 뚜껑과 바디 사이에 별도의 구조물이나 장치를 구비하지 않고도 뚜껑이 바디로부터 이탈되지 않음은 물론 틈새가 밀폐되는 전기주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle in which the lid is not separated from the body without a separate structure or device between the lid and the body and the gap is sealed.
본 발명은 바디로부터 분리된 뚜껑을 바디에 결합할 때, 뚜껑의 방향성을 고려할 필요 없이 바디에 결합 가능한 전기주전자를 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide an electric kettle that can be coupled to the body without having to consider the directionality of the lid when the lid separated from the body is coupled to the body.
상기한 바와 같은 목적을 달성하기 위한 본 발명의 특징에 따르면, 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자는, 뚜껑 또는 바디 중 적어도 어느 하나에는 자석(磁石)이 구비된다. 따라서, 자력(磁力)에 의해 뚜껑이 바디에 고정된다.According to a feature of the present invention for achieving the above object, in the electric kettle according to the present invention, at least one of a lid and a body is provided with a magnet. Therefore, the lid is fixed to the body by magnetic force.
또한, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑을 구성하는 상하단의 커버캡과 메탈커버가 체결볼트에 의해 서로 결합된다. 따라서, 하나의 체결볼트에 의해 뚜껑을 구성하는 다수의 부품이 한번에 조립된다.In addition, in the present invention, the upper and lower cover caps and the metal cover constituting the lid are coupled to each other by fastening bolts. Accordingly, a plurality of parts constituting the lid are assembled at once by one fastening bolt.
본 발명에서는 뚜껑패킹에 하나 이상의 에어벤트가 형성된다. 따라서, 뚜껑이 닫힌 상태에서도 외부 공기가 바디 내부로 유입 가능하게 된다.In the present invention, one or more air vents are formed in the lid packing. Accordingly, even when the lid is closed, external air can be introduced into the body.
본 발명에서는 뚜껑의 하단부에 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질의 메탈커버가 구비된다.In the present invention, a metal cover made of stainless steel is provided at the lower end of the lid.
본 발명에서슨 체결볼트가 메탈커버의 상면에 고정 장착된다.In the present invention, the fastening bolt is fixedly mounted on the upper surface of the metal cover.
본 발명에서는 커버캡에 체결볼트가 나사 결합되는 너트부가 형성된다. 따라서, 메탈커버와 커버캡이 체결볼트에 의해 결합된다.In the present invention, a nut portion to which a fastening bolt is screwed is formed on the cover cap. Therefore, the metal cover and the cover cap are coupled by the fastening bolt.
본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자는, 내부에 물이나 음식물이 수용되는 바디와; 상기 바디의 개구된 상측을 차폐하는 뚜껑과; 상기 바디의 하측에 구비되며, 상기 바디를 지지하는 베이스와; 상기 바디의 일측에 구비되며, 바디 내부의 내용물이 가열되도록 열을 가하는 히팅모듈과; 상기 바디의 일측에 구비되며, 손으로 붙잡을 수 있도록 구성되는 손잡이를 포함하는 구성을 가지며; 상기 뚜껑 또는 바디 중 적어도 어느 하나에는 자석(磁石)이 구비됨을 특징으로 한다.An electric kettle according to the present invention comprises: a body in which water or food is accommodated; a lid for shielding the opened upper side of the body; a base provided under the body and supporting the body; a heating module provided on one side of the body and applying heat to heat the contents inside the body; It is provided on one side of the body and has a configuration including a handle configured to be held by hand; At least one of the lid or the body is characterized in that a magnet is provided.
상기 자석(磁石)은 영구자석(永久磁石)임을 특징으로 한다.The magnet (磁石) is characterized in that the permanent magnet (永久磁石).
상기 자석(磁石)은 상기 뚜껑의 테두리에 등간격으로 다수개가 구비됨을 특징으로 한다.The magnet (磁石) is characterized in that provided with a plurality of equal intervals on the edge of the lid.
상기 자석(磁石)은 상기 바디의 상단에 하나 이상이 구비됨을 특징으로 한다.The magnet (磁石) is characterized in that one or more is provided at the upper end of the body.
상기 뚜껑은, 상부 외관을 형성하는 상커버와; 상기 상커버의 하측에 구비되어 상커버와 형합하는 하커버와; 상기 상커버 또는 하커버의 일측에 구비되며, 탄성재질로 이루어져 상기 바디와 뚜껑 사이의 틈새를 밀페하는 위한 뚜껑패킹과; 상기 하커버의 하측에 구비되며, 금속재질로 이루어지는 메탈커버와; 상기 하커버의 일측에 구비되는 하나 이상의 자석(磁石)을 포함하는 구성을 가지는 것을 특징으로 한다.The lid may include: an upper cover forming an upper exterior; a lower cover provided on a lower side of the upper cover to match the upper cover; a lid packing provided on one side of the upper cover or the lower cover and made of an elastic material to seal a gap between the body and the lid; a metal cover provided under the lower cover and made of a metal material; It is characterized in that it has a configuration including one or more magnets provided on one side of the lower cover.
상기 상커버에는 사용자의 파지를 위한 커버캡이 상측으로 돌출되게 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.The upper cover is characterized in that the cover cap for the user's grip is formed to protrude upward.
상기 커버캡은, 체결볼트에 의해 상기 상커버의 상면에 밀착 고정되며, 상기 체결볼트는 상기 메탈커버에 고정됨을 특징으로 한다.The cover cap is closely fixed to the upper surface of the upper cover by a fastening bolt, and the fastening bolt is fixed to the metal cover.
상기 체결볼트의 하단은, 상기 메탈커버의 상면 중앙에 용접에 의해 결합됨을 특징으로 한다.The lower end of the fastening bolt is coupled to the center of the upper surface of the metal cover by welding.
상기 뚜껑패킹은, 상기 상커버와 하커버 사이에 구비됨을 특징으로 한다.The lid packing is characterized in that it is provided between the upper cover and the lower cover.
상기 상커버의 외경은 상기 하커버의 외경보다 더 크게 형성되며, 상기 뚜껑패킹의 외측테두리는 상기 하커버의 테두리 외측으로 돌출되게 설치됨을 특징으로 한다.The outer diameter of the upper cover is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the lower cover, and the outer rim of the lid packing is characterized in that it is installed to protrude outside the rim of the lower cover.
상기 뚜껑패킹에는, 상기 하커버에 끼워져 결합되는 결합리브가 하측으로 돌출되게 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.The lid packing is characterized in that the coupling rib fitted to the lower cover is formed to protrude downward.
상기 하커버에는, 상기 자석(磁石)과 뚜껑패킹을 지지하는 지지벽이 더 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.The lower cover, characterized in that the support wall for supporting the magnet and the lid packing is further formed.
상기 지지벽에는 외측이 개구된 하나 이상의 자석수용홈이 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.The support wall is characterized in that at least one magnet accommodating groove having an open outside is formed.
상기 지지벽은, 원형의 링 형상으로 이루어져 상기 자석(磁石)의 일면을 지지하는 내측벽과; 상기 내측벽으로부터 이격된 위치에 형성되며, 상기 뚜껑패킹의 결합리브과 결합되는 외측벽;을 포함하는 구성을 가지는 것을 특징으로 한다.The support wall includes an inner wall formed in a circular ring shape to support one surface of the magnet; It is formed in a position spaced apart from the inner wall, the outer wall coupled to the coupling rib of the lid packing; characterized in that it has a configuration comprising a.
상기 결합리브는 서로 이격되게 형성되는 내측리브와 외측리브를 포함하는 구성을 가지며; 상기 외측벽의 상단은, 외측이 내측보다 더 낮도록 단차지게 형성되어 상기 외측리브가 위치되는 단차면이 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.The coupling rib has a configuration including an inner rib and an outer rib formed to be spaced apart from each other; The upper end of the outer wall is formed to be stepped so that the outer side is lower than the inner side, and a stepped surface on which the outer rib is located is formed.
상기 자석수용홈의 내면에는, 상기 자석(磁石)이 끼워져 고정되도록 하는 하나 이상의 고정리브가 내측으로 돌출되게 더 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.On the inner surface of the magnet receiving groove, one or more fixing ribs for fitting and fixing the magnet are further formed to protrude inward.
상기 뚜껑패킹의 결합리브에는, 상기 자석(磁石)의 상면이 수용되는 패킹홈이 더 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.In the coupling rib of the lid packing, a packing groove in which the upper surface of the magnet is accommodated is further formed.
상기 상커버의 상면 중앙부에는, 상기 커버캡이 안착되는 캡홈부가 하측으로 돌출되게 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.In the central portion of the upper surface of the upper cover, a cap groove in which the cover cap is seated is formed to protrude downward.
상기 캡홈부의 바닥면에는, 상기 커버캡의 하단 내면을 지지하는 캡가이드리브가 상측으로 돌출되게 더 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.A cap guide rib supporting the lower inner surface of the cover cap is further formed on the bottom surface of the cap groove portion to protrude upward.
상기 상커버의 캡홈부와 상기 커버캡에는, 서로 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 결합되는 회전방지돌기와 캡돌기홈이 각각 형성되어, 상기 커버캡이 상기 상커버에 장착된 상태에서 회전이 방지되도록 하는 것을 특징으로 한다.In the cap groove portion and the cover cap of the upper cover, a rotation preventing protrusion and a cap protrusion groove are respectively formed in a shape corresponding to each other and coupled to each other, so that rotation is prevented while the cover cap is mounted on the upper cover. do it with
상기 캡홈부의 중앙에는 상기 체결볼트가 관통되는 스크류홀이 형성되며, 상기 회전방지돌기는 상기 스크류홀로부터 일측으로 이격된 위치에 돌출 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.A screw hole through which the fastening bolt passes is formed in the center of the cap groove, and the anti-rotation protrusion is formed to protrude at a position spaced apart from the screw hole to one side.
상기 바디는, 외부 외관을 형성하는 아우터바디와, 내부 외관을 형성하는 이너바디를 포함하는 구성을 가지며; 상기 자석(磁石)은 상기 이너바디의 상단부에 하나 이상이 구비됨을 특징으로 한다.The body has a configuration including an outer body forming an outer appearance and an inner body forming an inner appearance; One or more magnets are provided at the upper end of the inner body.
상기 이너바디에는 상기 자석(磁石)을 고정 지지하는 자석테가 더 구비됨을 특징으로 한다.The inner body is characterized in that a magnet frame for fixing and supporting the magnet is further provided.
상기 자석테는 상기 이너바디의 상단 외면에 용접에 의해 고정 장착됨을 특징으로 한다.The magnet frame is characterized in that it is fixedly mounted on the upper outer surface of the inner body by welding.
상기 자석테에는 상기 자석(磁石)의 외면을 감싸 고정하는 자석고정부가 더 형성됨을 특징으로 한다.The magnet frame is characterized in that the magnet fixing portion is further formed to wrap and fix the outer surface of the magnet.
상기 이너바디에 설치되는 자석(磁石)은 출수구 및 손잡이 방항에 각각 설치됨을 특징으로 한다.The magnets installed on the inner body are characterized in that they are respectively installed in the direction of the water outlet and the handle.
본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자는 다음과 같은 효과가 있다.The electric kettle according to the present invention has the following effects.
하나, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑과 바디에 각각 자석(磁石)이 설치된다. 따라서, 자력(磁力)에 의해 뚜껑이 바디의 상면에 장착되므로 바디 내부의 물 등을 따르기 위해 전기 주전자를 기울이는 경우에도 뚜껑이 열리는 것이 방지되는 장점이 있다. 즉, 전기 주전자를 기울이는 경우에도 바디 내부의 물 압력에 의해 뚜껑이 개방되는 것이 방지되는 효과가 있다.However, in the present invention, magnets are installed on the lid and the body, respectively. Therefore, since the lid is mounted on the upper surface of the body by magnetic force, there is an advantage in that the lid is prevented from being opened even when the electric kettle is tilted to pour water inside the body. That is, even when the electric kettle is tilted, the lid is prevented from being opened by the pressure of water inside the body.
둘, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑을 구성하는 다수의 부품이 하나의 체결볼트에 의해 결합된다. 즉, 뚜껑을 구성하는 메탈커버에 고정 장착된 체결볼트가 커버캡에 나사 체결되면 메탈커버와 커버캡 사이의 상커버 및 하커버도 동시에 결합이 완료된다. 따라서, 뚜껑의 조립 및 분해작업이 편리해지는 장점이 있다. Two, in the present invention, a plurality of parts constituting the lid are coupled by one fastening bolt. That is, when the fastening bolts fixedly mounted on the metal cover constituting the lid are screwed to the cover cap, the coupling of the upper and lower covers between the metal cover and the cover cap is completed at the same time. Therefore, there is an advantage in that the assembly and disassembly of the lid is convenient.
셋, 본 발명에서는 다수의 부품이 결합되도록 하는 체결볼트가 메탈커버의 상면에 용접 등에 의해 고정된다. 따라서, 사용자가 뚜껑을 개방하는 경우에도 체결볼트가 외부로 노출되지 않게 되므로, 외관이 수려해지는 장점이 있다.Third, in the present invention, a fastening bolt for coupling a plurality of parts is fixed to the upper surface of the metal cover by welding or the like. Therefore, even when the user opens the lid, since the fastening bolt is not exposed to the outside, there is an advantage that the appearance is beautiful.
넷, 본 발명에서는 실리콘(silicon) 재질의 뚜껑패킹이 뚜껑의 상단부에 구비된다. 즉, 뚜껑패킹이 상커버의 하면에 밀착 고정되어 바디와 뚜껑사이에 놓이게 된다. 따라서, 물을 끓이거나 물을 따르는 경우에도 실리콘 재질의 뚜껑패킹이 바디 내부의 물과는 접촉되지 않게 되므로, 패킹의 접촉으로 인한 물맛의 변화 및 오염이 방지되는 효과가 있다.Fourth, in the present invention, a lid packing made of a silicone material is provided at the upper end of the lid. That is, the lid packing is closely fixed to the lower surface of the upper cover and placed between the body and the lid. Therefore, even when boiling water or pouring water, since the silicone lid packing does not come into contact with the water inside the body, there is an effect of preventing a change in the taste of water and contamination due to the contact of the packing.
다섯, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑패킹에 공기 유동이 가능한 에어벤트가 다수 형성된다. 따라서, 바디 내부의 물을 끓이는 경우에는 수증기에 의해 에어벤트가 차단되어 증기의 외부 유출이 방지되는 한편, 바디 내부의 물을 따르는 경우에는 외부의 공기가 에어벤트를 통해 본체 내부로 유입되므로 바디 내부의 공기압 저하가 방지된다. 즉 바디 내부의 공기 압력이 낮아져서 물 따름이 방해받는 것이 방지되는 효과가 있다.Fifth, in the present invention, a plurality of air vents capable of air flow are formed in the lid packing. Therefore, when boiling water inside the body, the air vent is blocked by water vapor to prevent the steam from flowing out, while when pouring water inside the body, external air flows into the body through the air vent. air pressure drop is prevented. That is, there is an effect that the air pressure inside the body is lowered and the water pouring is prevented from being disturbed.
여섯, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑의 하단부에 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질의 메탈커버가 구비된다. 따라서, 바디 내부의 물은 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질의 메탈커버에만 접촉되므로 위생적이며, 뚜껑을 바디로부터 분리하는 경우에도 메탈커버가 외부에 노출되므로 고급스러운 이미지를 가지게 되는 장점이 있다.Six, in the present invention, a metal cover made of stainless steel is provided at the lower end of the lid. Therefore, water inside the body is hygienic because it only contacts the metal cover made of stainless steel, and even when the lid is removed from the body, the metal cover is exposed to the outside, so it has the advantage of having a luxurious image.
일곱, 본 발명에서는 바디에 구비되는 자석(磁石)은 출수구 및 손잡이 부근에 각각 설치된다. 따라서, 출수구와 손잡이 부분에서 강한 자력(磁力)이 작용하므로, 사용자가 전기 주전자를 기울여 출수구를 통해 물을 따르는 경우에도 출수구와 손잡이의 자석(磁石)에 의해 뚜껑이 견고하게 고정되어 뚜껑의 이탈이 방지되는 효과가 있다.Seven, in the present invention, the magnet provided in the body is installed in the vicinity of the water outlet and the handle, respectively. Therefore, since strong magnetic force acts on the water outlet and the handle, even when the user tilts the electric kettle and pours water through the water outlet, the lid is firmly fixed by the magnets of the water outlet and the handle to prevent the lid from coming off. has a preventive effect.
여덟, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑의 상단에 커버캡이 돌출되게 형성되며, 이러한 커버캡은 알루미늄 재질로 이루어진다. 따라서, 사용자가 뚜껑을 손으로 잡는 것이 편리하게 되어 사용성이 증가되며, 알루미늄 재질에 의해 경량화 및 고급화가 가능한 장점이 있다.Eight, in the present invention, the cover cap is formed to protrude from the top of the lid, and the cover cap is made of an aluminum material. Therefore, it is convenient for the user to hold the lid by hand, so that usability is increased, and there is an advantage in that the weight can be reduced and the quality can be improved by the aluminum material.
아홉, 본 발명에서는 상커버와 커버캡에 서로 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 결합되는 회전방지돌기와 캡돌기홈이 각각 형성되다. 따라서, 커버캡이 상커버에 장착된 상태에서 회전이 방지되므로, 제품 불량 및 사용상 불편이 방지되는 장점이 있다.Ninth, in the present invention, the anti-rotation protrusion and the cap protrusion groove are respectively formed in the shape corresponding to the upper cover and the cover cap to be coupled. Therefore, since rotation is prevented while the cover cap is mounted on the upper cover, there is an advantage in that product defects and inconvenience in use are prevented.
열, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑에 자석(磁石)이 등(等)간격으로 구비되는 한편, 원형으로 이루어지므로 뚜껑의 방향을 고려할 필요없이 바디에 결합시킬 수 있는 장점이 있다.Heat, in the present invention, magnets are provided on the lid at equal intervals, and on the other hand, since it is made in a circular shape, there is an advantage that it can be coupled to the body without considering the direction of the lid.
열하나, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑과 바디에 구비되는 자석(磁石)의 힘과 뚜껑패킹에 의해 뚜껑과 바디 사이의 틈새 밀폐가 가능하게 되므로, 별도의 조작이나 장치가 불필요한 장점이 있다.Eleven, in the present invention, since it is possible to seal the gap between the lid and the body by the force of the magnet provided on the lid and the body and the lid packing, there is an advantage that a separate operation or device is unnecessary.
열둘, 본 발명에서는 뚜껑과 바디에 구비되는 자석(磁石)은 서로 인력(引力)이 작용하도록 설치되므로, 뚜껑을 바디 상단부에 근접시키면 자력(磁力)에 의해 저절로 뚜껑이 닫혀지는 것을 사용자가 감지 가능하다. 따라서, 사용자는 뚜껑이 자력(磁力)에 의해 바디에 결합되는 밀착감을 인식할 수 있으므로 제품 사용시 불안감이 해소되고 안정감이 증대시키는 효과가 있다. Twelve, in the present invention, since the magnets provided in the lid and the body are installed so that attractive forces act with each other, when the lid is brought close to the upper end of the body, the user can sense that the lid is automatically closed by magnetic force do. Therefore, since the user can recognize the feeling of closeness that the lid is coupled to the body by magnetic force, there is an effect of relieving anxiety when using the product and increasing a sense of stability.
열셋, 본 발명에서는 자석(磁石)이 뚜껑내부 및 이너바디와 아우터바디 사이에 위치되므로, 자석(磁石)이 바디의 외부나 내부 그리고, 뚜껑의 외부로 노출되지 않게 된다. 따라서, 자석(磁石) 설치에 따른 외관의 손상이 방지되고 미감이 증대되는 효과가 있다.Thirteen, in the present invention, since the magnet is positioned inside the lid and between the inner body and the outer body, the magnet is not exposed to the outside or inside of the body and to the outside of the lid. Therefore, there is an effect of preventing damage to the appearance due to the installation of the magnet and increasing the aesthetics.
도 1은 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자의 바람직한 실시예의 구성을 보인 사시도.1 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a preferred embodiment of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
도 2는 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자의 내부 구성을 보인 종단면도.Figure 2 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
도 3은 본 발명에 의한 전기 전기 주전자의 구성을 보인 상방 분해사시도.Figure 3 is an exploded upper perspective view showing the configuration of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
도 4는 본 발명에 의한 전기 전기 주전자의 구성을 보인 하방 분해사시도.Figure 4 is a bottom exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the electric kettle according to the present invention.
도 5는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 바디의 내부 구성을 보인 종단면도.Figure 5 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 6은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 바디의 구성을 보인 상방 분해사시도.Figure 6 is an exploded upper perspective view showing the configuration of the body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 7은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 바디의 구성을 보인 하방 분해사시도.7 is a bottom exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the body constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 일 실시예의 구성을 보인 상방 분해사시도.Figure 8 is an exploded upper perspective view showing the configuration of one embodiment of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 9는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 일 실시예의 구성을 보인 하방 분해사시도.Figure 9 is a bottom exploded perspective view showing the configuration of one embodiment of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 10은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 상반부 구성을 보인 부분 절개사시도.Figure 10 is a partial cut-away perspective view showing the configuration of the upper half of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 11은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 핸들서포터의 구성을 보인 사시도.11 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the handle supporter of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 12는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 핸들서포터의 후면도.12 is a rear view of the handle supporter of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 핸들커버의 분해사시도.13 is an exploded perspective view of the handle cover of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention;
도 14는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 메인피시비와 터치피시비의 구성을 보인 상방 사시도.14 is a top perspective view showing the configuration of the main PCB and the touch PCB of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 15는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 메인피시비와 터치피시비의 구성을 보인 하방 사시도.15 is a bottom perspective view showing the configuration of the main PCB and the touch PCB of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 터치부스터의 상방 사시도.16 is an upper perspective view of the touch booster of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 17은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 터치부스터의 하방 사시도.17 is a bottom perspective view of the touch booster of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 엘이디커버 상방 사시도.18 is an upper perspective view of the LED cover of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 19는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 엘이디커버 하방 사시도.19 is a bottom perspective view of the LED cover of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 20는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이브라켓의 일 실시예 구성을 보인 사시도.Figure 20 is a perspective view showing the configuration of one embodiment of the handle bracket constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 21은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이의 다른 실시예의 구성을 보인 사시도.21 is a perspective view showing the configuration of another embodiment of the handle constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 22는 도 21의 분해사시도.22 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 21;
도 23은 도 21에서 핸들커버가 제거된 상태의 절개사시도23 is a cut-away perspective view of a state in which the handle cover is removed in FIG.
도 24는 도 21의 손잡이가 바디에 체결된 상태를 보인 부분 단면도.24 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a state in which the handle of FIG. 21 is fastened to the body;
도 25는 도 21의 손잡이가 이너바디에 체결된 상태를 보인 부분 사시도.25 is a partial perspective view showing a state in which the handle of FIG. 21 is fastened to the inner body;
도 26은 도 21의 손잡이가 아우터바디에 결합된 상태를 보인 부분 사시도.Figure 26 is a partial perspective view showing a state in which the handle of Figure 21 is coupled to the outer body.
도 27은 도 21의 손잡이를 구성하는 손잡이서포터의 구성을 보인 사시도.27 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a handle supporter constituting the handle of FIG.
도 28은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 손잡이브라켓의 다른 실시예의 구성을 보인 사시도.28 is a perspective view showing the configuration of another embodiment of the handle bracket constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 29는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 구성을 보인 상부 사시도.29 is an upper perspective view showing the configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 30은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 구성을 보인 하부 사시도.Figure 30 is a lower perspective view showing the configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 31은 도 29의 분해사시도.31 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 29;
도 32는 도 30의 분해사시도.32 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 30;
도 33은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑에서 메탈커버가 분리된 상태를 보인 부분 분해하시도.33 is a partial exploded view showing a state in which the metal cover is separated from the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 34는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 내부 구성을 보인 종단면도.34 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the internal configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 35는 도 34의 하부 사시도.Fig. 35 is a bottom perspective view of Fig. 34;
도 36은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 내부 구성을 보인 다른 방향의 종단면도.36 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view in another direction showing the internal configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 37은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 커버캡 구성을 보인 사시도.37 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the cover cap of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 38은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 상커버 구성을 보인 상부 사시도.Figure 38 is an upper perspective view showing the configuration of the upper cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 39은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 상커버 구성을 보인 하부 사시도.Figure 39 is a lower perspective view showing the configuration of the upper cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 40는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 뚜껑패킹 구성을 보인 상부 사시도.Figure 40 is an upper perspective view showing the lid packing configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 41은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 뚜껑패킹 구성을 보인 하부 사시도.Figure 41 is a lower perspective view showing the lid packing configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 42는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 뚜껑패킹 구성을 보인 저면도.42 is a bottom view showing the lid packing configuration of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 43은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 하커버 구성을 보인 상부 사시도.Figure 43 is an upper perspective view showing the configuration of the lower cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 44는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 뚜껑의 하커버 구성을 보인 하부 사시도.Figure 44 is a lower perspective view showing the configuration of the lower cover of the lid constituting the embodiment of the present invention.
도 45는 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 이너바디에 자석이 장착된 상태를 보인 사시도.45 is a perspective view showing a state in which a magnet is mounted on an inner body constituting an embodiment of the present invention;
도 46은 본 발명 실시예를 구성하는 이너바디에서 자석이 분리된 상태를 보인 분해사시도.46 is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the magnet is separated from the inner body constituting the embodiment of the present invention;
이하 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자를 첨부된 도면을 참고하여 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, an electric kettle according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
도 1 내지 도 4에는 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자의 일 실시예의 구성이 도시되어 있다. 즉, 도 1 및 도 2에는 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자의 바람직한 실시예의 구성을 보인 사시도와 종단면도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 3과 도 4에는 도 1에 도시된 전기 주전자의 상방 및 하방 분해사시도가 각각 도시되어 있다.1 to 4 show the configuration of an embodiment of the electric kettle according to the present invention. That is, FIGS. 1 and 2 are perspective views and longitudinal cross-sectional views, respectively, showing the configuration of a preferred embodiment of the electric kettle according to the present invention, and FIGS. 3 and 4 are upper and lower exploded perspective views of the electric kettle shown in FIG. 1 , respectively. are shown respectively.
이들 도면에 도시된 바와 같이, 본 발명 실시예에 의한 전기 주전자(1)는, 내부에 물이나 음식물이 수용되는 바디(10)와, 상기 바디(10)의 개구된 상측을 차폐하는 뚜껑(20)과, 상기 바디(10)의 하측에 구비되어 바디(10)를 지지하는 베이스(60)와, 상기 바디(10)의 상단에 구비되어 바디(10) 내부의 물이나 음식물이 배출되는 것을 안내하는 출수구(30)와, 상기 바디(10)의 상단에 체결되며 손으로 붙잡을 수 있도록 구성되는 손잡이(40) 등으로 이루어진다.As shown in these drawings, the electric kettle 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a body 10 in which water or food is accommodated, and a lid 20 for shielding the opened upper side of the body 10 . ), a base 60 provided at the lower side of the body 10 to support the body 10, and a base 60 provided at the top of the body 10 to guide the discharge of water or food inside the body 10 It consists of a water outlet 30, and a handle 40 that is fastened to the upper end of the body 10 and is configured to be held by hand.
구체적으로 살펴보면, 본 발명 실시예에 의한 전기 주전자(1)는 전체적으로 원통 형상으로 형성되어 있으며, 내부에 물이나 음식물 등이 수용되는 바디(10)와, 상기 바디(10)의 개구된 상측을 차폐하는 뚜껑(20) 그리고, 손잡이(40) 및 히팅모듈(50), 베이스(60) 등으로 이루어진다.Specifically, the electric kettle 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention is formed in a cylindrical shape as a whole, and the body 10 in which water or food is accommodated and the open upper side of the body 10 are shielded. It consists of a lid 20 and a handle 40 and a heating module 50, a base 60, and the like.
상기 바디(10)는 상면이 개구된 원통 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 띠라서, 상기 바디(10)의 상면은 상기 뚜껑(20)에 의해 차폐될 수 있다. The body 10 may be formed in a cylindrical shape with an open upper surface. Since it is a belt, the upper surface of the body 10 may be shielded by the lid 20 .
상기 손잡이(40)는 상기 바디(10)의 일측에서 외측으로 돌출되도록 구성될 수 있다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이 상기 손잡이(40)는 바디(10)의 상단 우측으로 돌출되게 구비된다.The handle 40 may be configured to protrude outward from one side of the body 10 . That is, as shown, the handle 40 is provided to protrude to the upper right side of the body 10 .
상기 베이스(60)는 바닥면에 배치되며, 전원 코드가 연결되어 외부의 전원이 공급될 수 있도록 한다. The base 60 is disposed on the bottom surface, and a power cord is connected so that external power can be supplied.
그리고, 상기 베이스(60)의 상면에는 조립된 상태의 바디(10)가 안착될 수 있다. In addition, the assembled body 10 may be seated on the upper surface of the base 60 .
상기 바디(10)는 내부에 물이 수용되고 가열될 수 있는 가열 공간(101)을 형성하는 원통 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 그리고, 상기 바디(10)는 상기 베이스(60)에 안착된 상태에서 전원이 공급될 수 있다. The body 10 may be formed in a cylindrical shape to form a heating space 101 in which water can be accommodated and heated. In addition, power may be supplied to the body 10 while being seated on the base 60 .
상기 베이스(60)와 바디(10)의 전원 공급방식은 전원 단자의 접촉에 의한 전원 공급 방식이 될 수 있다. 또한, 상기 베이스(60)와 바디(10)의 전원 공급방식은 전자기 유도 방식이 될 수도 있다. The power supply method between the base 60 and the body 10 may be a power supply method by contacting a power terminal. In addition, the power supply method of the base 60 and the body 10 may be an electromagnetic induction method.
이를 위해 상기 베이스(60)에는 1차 코일의 역할을 하는 로어 전원 모듈(64)이 구비되고, 이와 대응하는 상기 바디(10)에는 2차 코일의 역할을 하는 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)이 구비될 수 있다.To this end, the base 60 is provided with a lower power module 64 serving as a primary coil, and the body 10 corresponding thereto is provided with an upper power module 55 serving as a secondary coil. can
상기 바디(10)의 하단에는 히팅모듈(50)과 바텀커버(56) 등이 설치되며, 이러한 히팅모듈(50)과 바텀커버(56)는 상기 바디(10)의 하부 일부를 형성하게 되므로 '로어 바디'라고 부를 수도 있다.A heating module 50 and a bottom cover 56 are installed at the lower end of the body 10, and the heating module 50 and the bottom cover 56 form a lower part of the body 10, so that ' You can also call it 'Lower Body'.
상기 히팅모듈(50)은 상기 바디(10) 내부의 바닥면을 형성하거나 바디(10)의 바닥면에 밀착되도록 구성되는 히팅플레이트(52)와, 상기 히팅플레이트(52)를 가열하는 히터(54)를 포함할 수 있으며, 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)로부터 공급되는 전원에 의해 상기 히팅플레이트(52)가 가열될 수 있도록 한다. 그리고, 상기 히팅모듈(50)은 상기 바디(10)의 하면을 형성하는 바텀 커버(56)를 포함할 수 있다.The heating module 50 includes a heating plate 52 that forms a bottom surface inside the body 10 or is configured to be in close contact with the bottom surface of the body 10 , and a heater 54 that heats the heating plate 52 . ), and allows the heating plate 52 to be heated by the power supplied from the upper power module 55 . In addition, the heating module 50 may include a bottom cover 56 forming a lower surface of the body 10 .
상기 바디(10)의 일단에는 출수구(spout)(30)가 외측으로 돌출 형성되어 상기 바디(10) 내부의 물을 따를 수 있도록 형성될 수 있다.At one end of the body 10 , a spout 30 may be formed to protrude to the outside to pour water inside the body 10 .
상기 출수구(30)의 반대방향에는 손잡이(40)가 장착될 수 있다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 손잡이(40)는 상기 바디(10)의 우측면에 형성되고, 상기 출수구(30)는 상기 바디(10)의 좌측면에 형성됨이 바람직하다. 따라서, 사용자가 상기 손잡이(40)를 손으로 잡은 상태에서 상기 출수구(30)를 통해 물을 따르기 쉽게 된다.A handle 40 may be mounted in the opposite direction of the water outlet 30 . That is, as shown, the handle 40 is preferably formed on the right side of the body 10 , and the water outlet 30 is formed on the left side of the body 10 . Accordingly, it is easy for the user to pour water through the water outlet 30 while holding the handle 40 by hand.
한편, 상기 손잡이(40)는 상기 바디(30)의 일측(도면에서는 우측) 외측면에 고정 장착될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the handle 40 may be fixedly mounted to one side (right side in the drawing) outer surface of the body 30 .
상기 손잡이(40)는 사용자가 전기 주전자(1)를 들어올리거나 이동시키기 용이하도록 손으로 파지하는 부분이며, 데코와 탄성재질의 그립부 등을 포함하기도 한다. 즉, 상기 손잡이(40)는 외장은 고급스럽게 구성되고, 적어도 일부(그립부분 등)에는 사용자가 상기 손잡이(40)를 쥐었을 때 미끄러지지 않도록 고무 또는 실리콘 소재로 형성될 수 있다.The handle 40 is a part gripped by a user's hand so that the user can easily lift or move the electric kettle 1, and also includes a decorative and elastic grip part. That is, the handle 40 has a luxurious exterior, and at least a portion (eg, a grip portion) may be formed of a rubber or silicone material so that it does not slip when the user holds the handle 40 .
또한, 상기 손잡이(40)에는 사용자가 온오프 조작 또는 온도 조절할 수 있는 버튼 등이 구비되어 조작을 할 수 있도록 구성됨이 바람직하다. 이를 위해 상기 손잡이(40)의 내부에는 피시비(PCB)가 구비될 있으며, 상면에는 상기 전기 주전자(1)의 동작 상태가 디스플레이(display)되도록 구성될 수도 있다.In addition, it is preferable that the handle 40 is provided with a button that allows the user to operate on/off or adjust the temperature so that the user can operate the handle 40 . To this end, a PCB may be provided inside the handle 40 , and an operation state of the electric kettle 1 may be displayed on the upper surface thereof.
상기 바디(10)는 이중으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다. 즉, 외부 외관을 형성하는 아우터바디(11)와 내부 외관을 형성하는 이너바디(12) 등으로 이루어진다.The body 10 is preferably made of a double. That is, it consists of an outer body 11 forming an outer appearance and an inner body 12 forming an inner appearance.
상기 손잡이(40)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단에 결합되도록 구성된다. 즉, 상기 이너바디(12)에는 아래에서 설명할 손잡이브라켓(15)이 구비되어 상기 손잡이(40)가 손잡이브라켓(15)에 고정되도록 구성된다. 그리고, 손잡이브라켓(15)은 상기 이너바디(12)의 외면에 용접 또는 접착제에 의해 부착 고정될 수 있다.The handle 40 is configured to be coupled to the upper end of the inner body 12 . That is, the inner body 12 is provided with a handle bracket 15 , which will be described below, so that the handle 40 is fixed to the handle bracket 15 . In addition, the handle bracket 15 may be attached and fixed to the outer surface of the inner body 12 by welding or an adhesive.
상기 전기 주전자(1)의 개구된 상면 즉, 상기 바디(10)의 상면은 뚜껑(lid)(20)에 의해 차폐될 수 있다. The opened upper surface of the electric kettle 1 , that is, the upper surface of the body 10 may be shielded by a lid 20 .
상기 뚜껑(20)은 닫힌 상태에서 상기 전기 주전자(1)의 상면을 형성하게 되며, 상기 바디(10)의 상단 둘레와 접하여 상기 전기 주전자(1) 내부를 기밀시킬 수 있다. The lid 20 forms an upper surface of the electric kettle 1 in a closed state, and comes in contact with the upper periphery of the body 10 to seal the inside of the electric kettle 1 .
상기 뚜껑(20)의 중앙부에는 커버캡(21)이 상측으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 상기 커버캡(21)은 사용자가 뚜껑(20)을 용이하게 들어올리거나, 상기 바디(10)에 결합하기 편하도록 하는 기능 등을 하게 된다.A cover cap 21 is formed in a central portion of the lid 20 to protrude upward. The cover cap 21 functions to allow a user to easily lift the lid 20 or to be easily coupled to the body 10 .
그리고, 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단에는 손잡이브라켓(15)이 부착 또는 고정되어, 상기 손잡이(40)가 상기 바디(10)에 체결볼트 등에 의해 결합되도록 구성된다.In addition, a handle bracket 15 is attached or fixed to the upper end of the inner body 12 , and the handle 40 is coupled to the body 10 by a fastening bolt or the like.
또한, 상기 이너바디(12)의 저면에는 온도센서(53)가 구비되어 상기 가열공간(101) 내부의 물 온도를 측정하게 된다.In addition, a temperature sensor 53 is provided on the bottom surface of the inner body 12 to measure the temperature of water inside the heating space 101 .
도 5 내지 도 7에는 상기 바디(10)의 상세 구성이 도시되어 있다. 즉, 도 5에는 상기 바디(10)의 종단면도가 도시되어 있으며, 도 6 및 도 7에는 상기 바디(10)의 상부와 하부 분해사시도가 각각 도시되어 있다.5 to 7 show the detailed configuration of the body 10 . That is, FIG. 5 shows a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the body 10 , and FIGS. 6 and 7 show upper and lower exploded perspective views of the body 10 , respectively.
이들 도면에 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 바디(10)는 전체적으로는 상방이 개구된 원통 형상으로 이루어지며, 내부에는 형성되는 공간에는 물 등과 같은 내용물이 수용되고, 하단부에는 히팅모듈(50)이 구비되어 바디(10) 내부의 내용물을 가열할 수 있도록 구성된다.As shown in these figures, the body 10 is generally formed in a cylindrical shape with an upper side open, and contents such as water are accommodated in the space formed therein, and a heating module 50 is provided at the lower end. It is configured to heat the contents inside the body 10 .
상기 바디(10)는 이중으로 구성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 바디(10)는, 내부 외관을 형성하는 이너바디(12)와, 외부 외관을 형성하는 아우터바디(11) 등으로 이루어진다.The body 10 is preferably configured in a double. That is, the body 10 includes an inner body 12 forming an inner appearance and an outer body 11 forming an outer appearance.
상기 이너바디(12)는 도시된 바와 같이 상방이 개구된 원통 형상을 가지는 것이 바람직하며, 내부에는 물 등이 수용되는 공간이 형성된다.As shown in the figure, the inner body 12 preferably has a cylindrical shape with an open upper side, and a space for receiving water or the like is formed therein.
상기 아우터바디(11)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 직경보다 더 큰 직경을 가지도록 형성되어, 상기 이너바디(12)의 외측을 감싸도록 설치된다. 상기 아우터바디(11)는 도시된 바와 같이 상하가 개구된 원통 형상을 가지는 것이 바람직하다.The outer body 11 is formed to have a larger diameter than that of the inner body 12 and is installed to surround the outer side of the inner body 12 . As shown in the figure, the outer body 11 preferably has a cylindrical shape with open top and bottom.
상기 이너바디(12)는 아우터바디(11)보다 작은 직경을 가지도록 형성되므로, 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11)의 사이에는 틈새공간(102)이 형성되어 단일 벽 구조에 비해 현저히 단열 성능이 향상된 구조를 가질 수 있다.Since the inner body 12 is formed to have a smaller diameter than the outer body 11, a gap space 102 is formed between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11, which is significantly compared to the single-wall structure. It may have a structure with improved thermal insulation performance.
상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11)는 모두 동일한 스테인리스(stainless steel) 소재로 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 아우터바디(11)는 바디(10)의 외관을 형성하고, 이너바디(12)는 물이 수용되는 공간을 형성하게 된다. Both the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 may be formed of the same stainless steel material, and the outer body 11 forms the exterior of the body 10, and the inner body 12 is It creates a space for water to be accommodated.
이와 같이, 상기 이너바디(12)는 상기 아우터바디(11)보다 더 작은 직경을 가지도록 형성되므로, 상기 이너바디(12)는 상기 아우터바디(11)의 내측에 수용되는 형태로 제공될 수 있고, 상기 아우터바디(11)와 이너바디(12) 사이에는 소정 크기의 틈새공간(102)이 형성될 수 있다.As such, since the inner body 12 is formed to have a smaller diameter than the outer body 11, the inner body 12 may be provided in a form accommodated inside the outer body 11, , a gap space 102 of a predetermined size may be formed between the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 .
상기 아우터바디(11)와 이너바디(12)의 사이 틈새공간(102)은 공기층이 형성되어 상기 아우터바디(11)로 열이 적접 전달되는 것이 방지될 수 있다.An air layer is formed in the gap space 102 between the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 to prevent direct heat transfer to the outer body 11 .
따라서, 상기 틈새공간(102)은 단열 틈새공간(102)이라 부를 수도 있다. 그리고, 상기 이너바디(12) 내부에 수용된 물이 가열되어 뜨거운 상태에서도 상기 아우터바디(11)는 상대적으로 낮은 온도를 유지할 수도 있다.Accordingly, the interstitial space 102 may be referred to as an insulating interstitial space 102 . In addition, even when the water contained in the inner body 12 is heated and hot, the outer body 11 may maintain a relatively low temperature.
그리고, 상기 단열 틈새공간(102)은 상기 히팅모듈(50)이 배치되는 공간과 상기 손잡이(40)의 내측 공간과 연통될 수 있다. 따라서, 도시되지는 않았지만, 상기 손잡이(40)에 위치된 손잡이 피시비(PCB)와 연결된 전선이 상기 아우터바디(11)와 이너바디(12)의 사이의 단열 틈새공간(102)을 지나 상기 히팅모듈(50)이 배치되는 공간까지 안내될 수 있다. In addition, the insulating gap space 102 may communicate with a space in which the heating module 50 is disposed and an inner space of the handle 40 . Therefore, although not shown, the electric wire connected to the handle PCB located on the handle 40 passes through the insulating gap space 102 between the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 and the heating module (50) can be guided to a space where it is arranged.
상기 바디(10)는 원통 형상으로 형성된 상기 아우터바디(11)와 이너 바디(12)의 상단과 하단이 서로 결합되어 성형될 수 있다. The body 10 may be formed by combining upper and lower ends of the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 formed in a cylindrical shape.
일 예로 상기 아우터바디(11)와 이너바디(12)의 상단과 하단은 서로 포개어진 상태에서 용접에 의해 서로 연결될 수 있다. 이때, 상기 아우터바디(11)와 이너바디(12)의 상단과 하단을 제외한 나머지 부분은 일정 간격 이격되어 단열 구조를 가질 수 있다.For example, the upper and lower ends of the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 may be connected to each other by welding while being superimposed on each other. In this case, the remaining portions except for the upper and lower ends of the outer body 11 and the inner body 12 may be spaced apart from each other by a predetermined interval to have a heat insulating structure.
상기 바디(10) 상단의 구조를 보다 상세하게 살펴보면, 상기 아우터바디(11)의 상단과 이너바디(12)의 상단은 서로 결합되어 용접 등에 의해 고정된다.Looking at the structure of the upper end of the body 10 in more detail, the upper end of the outer body 11 and the upper end of the inner body 12 are coupled to each other and fixed by welding or the like.
도시된 바와 같이, 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단에는 외측으로 연장 형성되는 이너상단부(121)가 더 구비되어 상기 이너바디(12)의 아우터바디(11)의 상단이 서로 결합되도록 구성된다.As shown, the upper end of the inner body 12 is further provided with an inner upper end portion 121 extending outwardly so that the upper end of the outer body 11 of the inner body 12 is coupled to each other.
상기 이너상단부(121)는 이너바디(12)로부터 외측으로 단차지게 이중 연장되어 외측 끝단이 상기 아우터바디(11)의 상단에 접하도록 형성된다.The inner upper end portion 121 is formed to be double-extended to the outside from the inner body 12 so that the outer end is in contact with the upper end of the outer body 11 .
따라서, 상기 틈새공간(102)의 상부는 상기 이너상단부(121)에 의해 차폐된다. 물론, 상기 아우터바디(11)의 상단부가 내측으로 연장되어 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단과 접하도록 형성하는 것도 가능할 것이다.Accordingly, the upper portion of the interstitial space 102 is shielded by the inner upper end portion 121 . Of course, it will also be possible to form the upper end of the outer body 11 to extend inward to contact the upper end of the inner body (12).
상기 바디(10)에는 상기 손잡이(40)와 출수구(30) 등이 결합된다.The handle 40 and the water outlet 30 are coupled to the body 10 .
구체적으로는 상기 손잡이(40)와 출수구(30)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단부에 체결될 수 있으며, 이러한 손잡이(40)와 출수구(30)는 상기 아우터바디(11)를 관통하여 외측으로 돌출될 수 있다.Specifically, the handle 40 and the water outlet 30 may be fastened to the upper end of the inner body 12 , and the handle 40 and the water outlet 30 pass through the outer body 11 to the outside. can protrude.
따라서, 상기 아우터바디(11)에는 상기 손잡이(40)가 관통하여 설치되기 위한 손잡이홀(111)과 상기 출수구(30)가 관통하여 설치되기 위한 출수구홀(112)이 각각 형성된다.Accordingly, a handle hole 111 through which the handle 40 is installed and a water outlet hole 112 through which the water outlet 30 is installed are respectively formed in the outer body 11 .
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 아우터바디(11)의 우측면 상단부에는 사각 형상의 절개홀인 손잡이홀(111)이 좌우로 관통되게 형성된다.Specifically, a handle hole 111, which is a rectangular cut-out hole, is formed in the upper right side of the outer body 11 to pass through left and right.
그리고, 상기 손잡이홀(111)의 반대편에는 상기 출수구홀(112)이 좌우로 관통되게 형성된다. 즉 상기 아우터바디(11)의 좌측면 상단부에는 상기 출수구홀(112) 형성되며, 이러한 출수구홀(112)은 상기 출수구(30)의 형상과 대응되도록 삼각형 형상을 가지는 것이 바람직하다.In addition, on the opposite side of the handle hole 111, the water outlet hole 112 is formed to pass through left and right. That is, the water outlet hole 112 is formed on the upper left side of the outer body 11 , and the water outlet hole 112 preferably has a triangular shape to correspond to the shape of the water outlet 30 .
상기 아우터바디(11)의 전면과 이너바디(12)의 전면에는 각각 아우터홀(113)과 이너홀(123)이 전후로 관통되게 형성된다. In the front surface of the outer body 11 and the front surface of the inner body 12, an outer hole 113 and an inner hole 123 are respectively formed to penetrate back and forth.
상기 아우터홀(113)과 이너홀(123)은 아래에서 설명할 투시창(13)이 설치되는 부분이다. 따라서, 상기 아우터홀(113)과 이너홀(123)은 투시창(13)의 형상과 대응되도록 상하로 길게 직사각 형상을 가지는 것이 바람직하다.The outer hole 113 and the inner hole 123 are portions in which the see-through window 13 to be described below is installed. Therefore, it is preferable that the outer hole 113 and the inner hole 123 have a rectangular shape elongated vertically to correspond to the shape of the see-through window 13 .
상기 이너바디(12)의 좌측면 상단부에는 출수공(125)이 다수 관통되게 형성된다. 상기 출수공(125)은 상기 이너바디(12) 내부의 물이 상기 출구수(30)를 통해 배출되도록 안내하는 부분이다. 따라서, 상기 다수의 출수공(125)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 좌측면 상단부에 형성되는 출수구홀(112)과 대응되는 위치에 형성됨이 바람직하다.A plurality of water outlet holes 125 are formed through the upper left side of the inner body 12 . The water outlet hole 125 is a part that guides the water inside the inner body 12 to be discharged through the outlet water 30 . Accordingly, the plurality of water outlet holes 125 are preferably formed at positions corresponding to the water outlet holes 112 formed in the upper left side of the outer body 11 .
상기 이너바디(12)의 우측면 상단부에는 손잡이브라켓(15)이 설치된다. 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)은 상기 손잡이(40)가 상기 이너바디(12)에 결합되어 고정되도록 하는 것으로, '⊃'형태(상방에서 볼 경우)로 형성됨이 바람직하다.A handle bracket 15 is installed on the upper right side of the inner body 12 . The handle bracket 15 is such that the handle 40 is coupled to and fixed to the inner body 12, and is preferably formed in a '⊃' shape (when viewed from above).
따라서 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)의 좌측단은 상기 이너바디(12)에 용접이나 접착제 또는 체결기구 등에 의해 결합되고, 우측단은 상기 손잡이(40)와 결합된다.Accordingly, the left end of the handle bracket 15 is coupled to the inner body 12 by welding, an adhesive, or a fastening mechanism, and the right end is coupled to the handle 40 .
상기 손잡이브라켓(15)이 상기 이너바디(12)에 고정 장착되면, 손잡이브라켓(15)의 우측단은 도시된 바와 같이 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111)을 통해 외측(우측)으로 노출됨이 바람직하다.When the handle bracket 15 is fixedly mounted on the inner body 12, the right end of the handle bracket 15 moves outward (right) through the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 as shown. Exposure is preferred.
그리고, 상기 손잡이(40)는, 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)에 체결수단에 의해 체결될 수 있다. 즉, 상기 손잡이(40)는 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)에 볼트(bolt) 및 너트(nut)와 같은 체결수단에 의해 결합될 수 있다.And, the handle 40 may be fastened to the handle bracket 15 by means of a fastening means. That is, the handle 40 may be coupled to the handle bracket 15 by fastening means such as a bolt and a nut.
상기 바디(10)는 스테인리스(stainless steel) 소재로 형성되며, 용접 등의 가공에 의해 성형된다. 따라서, 상기 바디(10)는 전해 연마(Electropolishing)에 의해 가공 부위를 매끄럽게 하고, 물이 수용되는 내부 공간의 표면이 매끄러운 상태가 유지되도록 할 수 있다. The body 10 is formed of a stainless steel material, and is formed by processing such as welding. Accordingly, the body 10 may smooth the processing area by electropolishing and maintain a smooth state of the surface of the internal space in which water is accommodated.
또한, 상기 바디(10)는 전해 연마를 통해서 내외측면이 내식성을 가지도록 할 수도 있다. 이러한 이유로 상기 바디(10)는 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터 바디(11)의 결합 후 전해 연마 가공을 하는 것이 바람직하다.In addition, the body 10 may be made to have corrosion resistance on the inner and outer surfaces through electrolytic polishing. For this reason, it is preferable that the body 10 be subjected to electrolytic polishing after the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 are combined.
상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11)가 서로 결합되어 상기 바디(10)가 성형된 상태에서 전해 연마를 위해 상기 바디(10)를 전해액에 담근 후 전해 연마를 수행하게 된다. In a state in which the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 are coupled to each other and the body 10 is molded, the body 10 is immersed in an electrolyte solution for electrolytic polishing, and then the electrolytic polishing is performed.
이 과정에서 상기 바디(10)의 구조적인 특성상 필연적으로 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11) 사이의 상기 단열 틈새공간(102)으로 전해액이 유입된다. 즉, 상기 바디(10)는 성형된 상태에서 상기 손잡이홀(111)과 출수구홀(112) 등이 개구되어 있으므로 전해액에 상기 바디(10)를 담글 경우 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11) 사이로 전해액이 필연적으로 유입될 수 밖에 없다.In this process, the electrolyte inevitably flows into the insulating gap space 102 between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 due to the structural characteristics of the body 10 . That is, since the body 10 has the handle hole 111 and the water outlet hole 112 opened in the molded state, when the body 10 is immersed in the electrolyte, the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 ), the electrolyte inevitably flows in.
전해 연마 완료 후 상기 바디(10)를 들어올리게 되면, 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11) 사이의 전해액은 틈새공간(102) 하측으로 배출된다. 즉, 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11)의 하단은 서로 접하지 아니하고 상기 바텀커버(56) 등이 결합되는 공간을 형성하고 있으므로, 이러한 바텀커버(56) 등의 부품이 결합되기 전이므로 전해액이 틈새공간(102) 하방으로 원활하게 배출될 수 있다. When the body 10 is lifted after the electropolishing is completed, the electrolyte between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 is discharged to the lower side of the interstitial space 102 . That is, since the lower ends of the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 do not contact each other and form a space in which the bottom cover 56 and the like are coupled, before the parts such as the bottom cover 56 are combined. Therefore, the electrolyte can be smoothly discharged to the lower side of the interstitial space 102 .
또한, 상기 전해 연마 완료 후 상기 바디(10)를 세척하는 경우에도, 상기 바디(10)를 세척액에 담가 세척한 후 들어올리게 되면 자연스럽게 상기 이너바디(12)와 아우터바디(11) 사이의 전해액이 틈새공간(102)을 통하여 하방으로 배출된다. In addition, even when the body 10 is washed after the electropolishing is completed, the electrolyte solution between the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 naturally occurs when the body 10 is immersed in a cleaning solution and lifted after washing. It is discharged downward through the gap space (102).
이와 같이, 전해 연마 가공 후 전해액의 제거는 물론 상기 전해 연마 후 세척되는 경우에도 상기 바디(10)의 잔여 액체들이 모두 원활하게 배출될 수 있게 된다.In this way, all of the remaining liquid in the body 10 can be smoothly discharged even when the electrolytic solution is removed after the electropolishing process as well as being washed after the electrolytic polishing.
상기 바디(10)에는 투시창(13)이 형성될 수 있다. 상기 투시창(13)은 상기 전기 주전자(1)의 외측에서 상기 전기 주전자(1) 내부의 수위 또는 물이 끓는 상태 등을 뚜껑(20)을 열지 않고 확인할 수 있도록 한다.A see-through window 13 may be formed in the body 10 . The see-through window 13 makes it possible to check the water level or the boiling state of the electric kettle 1 from the outside of the electric kettle 1 without opening the lid 20 .
상기 투시창(13)은 상하 방향으로 길게 연장될 수 있으며, 상기 이너 바디(12) 및 아우터바디(11)에 각각 고정 장착될 수 있다. 바람직하게는 상기 투시창(13)은 상기 이너바디(12)에 결합된다.The see-through window 13 may extend long in the vertical direction, and may be fixedly mounted to the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 , respectively. Preferably, the viewing window 13 is coupled to the inner body 12 .
상기 투시창(13)은 사용자가 외부에서 상기 바디(10)의 내부를 투시하여, 바디(10) 내부의 물 등과 같은 음식물의 양을 알 수 있도록 하는 것으로, 투명하게 형성됨이 바람직하다.The see-through window 13 allows a user to see the inside of the body 10 from the outside, so that the user can know the amount of food, such as water, inside the body 10, and is preferably formed to be transparent.
상기 투시창(13)과 상기 바디(10) 사이에는 투시창가스켓(135)이 더 구비되어, 투시창(13)과 바디(10) 사이의 틈새를 통해 물의 누수가 방지되도록 구성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 투시창(13)은 기밀 상태로 상기 바디(10)에 장착될 수 있다. It is preferable that a see-through window gasket 135 is further provided between the see-through window 13 and the body 10 to prevent water leakage through the gap between the see-through window 13 and the body 10 . That is, the see-through window 13 may be mounted to the body 10 in an airtight state.
이와 같이, 상기 투시창(13)과 이너홀(123) 또는 아우터홀(113) 사이에는 투시창가스켓(135)이 장착될 수 있다. 바람직하게는 상기 투시창가스켓(135)은 상기 이너홀(123)과 투시창(13) 사이에 장착되어 상기 이너바디(12) 내부의 물이 누설되는 것을 차단하게 된다. In this way, the see-through window gasket 135 may be mounted between the see-through window 13 and the inner hole 123 or the outer hole 113 . Preferably, the see-through window gasket 135 is mounted between the inner hole 123 and the see-through window 13 to prevent leakage of water inside the inner body 12 .
상기 투시창가스켓(135)은 상기 투시창(13)의 둘레 형상과 대응하는 형상으로 형성되는 것이 바람직하며, 탄성재질로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다.The viewing window gasket 135 is preferably formed in a shape corresponding to the circumferential shape of the viewing window 13, and is preferably made of an elastic material.
상기 이너바디(12)의 이너홀(123)에 상기 투시창(13)이 고정 장착되면, 상기 투시창(13)의 내측면은 상기 이너바디(12)의 내측면과 동일 평면상에 위치됨이 바람직하다. When the see-through window 13 is fixedly mounted to the inner hole 123 of the inner body 12 , the inner surface of the see-through window 13 is preferably located on the same plane as the inner surface of the inner body 12 . do.
따라서, 상기 투시창(13)이 상기 바디(10)에 고정 장착된 상태에서, 상기 이너바디(12)의 내측으로 돌출된 부분이 발생되지 않도록 하여 내부의 구조가 간결하고 청소가 용이하도록 할 수 있다. Therefore, in a state in which the see-through window 13 is fixedly mounted to the body 10, a portion protruding to the inside of the inner body 12 is prevented from occurring, thereby making the internal structure simple and easy to clean. .
또한, 상기 투시창(13)의 전면도 상기 아우터바디(11)의 외면과 동일 평면상에 위치될 수 있도록 구성됨이 바람직하다. 따라서, 상기 투시창(13)이 장착된 상태에서 상기 투시창(13)이 상기 아우터바디(11)의 외측면보다 돌출 또는 함몰되지 않게 되어 외관이 보다 개선될 수 있게 된다.In addition, it is preferable that the front surface of the see-through window 13 is also configured to be positioned on the same plane as the outer surface of the outer body 11 . Accordingly, in the state in which the see-through window 13 is mounted, the see-through window 13 does not protrude or sink from the outer surface of the outer body 11 , so that the appearance can be further improved.
그리고, 상기 투시창(13)과 이너바디(12) 사이의 틈새는, 상기 투시창가스켓(135)에 의해 기밀되는 상태가 되어 상기 바디(10) 내부의 물이 외부로 누설되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.In addition, the gap between the see-through window 13 and the inner body 12 is sealed by the see-through window gasket 135 to prevent the water inside the body 10 from leaking to the outside.
물론, 필요에 따라 상기 아우터바디(11) 등에 추가의 가스켓 또는 패킹이 더 구비될 수 있으며, 상기 아우터바디(11)와 상기 투시창(13)의 사이를 더 기밀하여 상기 아우터바디(11)와 상기 투시창(13)의 사이에 틈새가 발생되지 않도록 할 수 있다.Of course, additional gaskets or packings may be further provided on the outer body 11 and the like as needed, and the outer body 11 and the outer body 11 and the see-through window 13 are more airtight by sealing the space between the outer body 11 and the see-through window 13 . A gap may be prevented from occurring between the viewing windows 13 .
상기 바디(10)의 하부에는 상기 히팅모듈(50)이 장착될 수 있다. 즉, 상기 이너바디(12)의 저면에 히팅모듈(50)이 장착된다.The heating module 50 may be mounted on a lower portion of the body 10 . That is, the heating module 50 is mounted on the lower surface of the inner body 12 .
상기 히팅모듈(50)은 상기 바디(10) 내부의 공간을 가열하여 물 등과 같은 내용물의 온도를 상승시키고 제어하기 위한 것이다.The heating module 50 is for heating the space inside the body 10 to increase and control the temperature of contents such as water.
상기 히팅모듈(50)은 열을 생성하는 히터어셈블리(51)와, 상기 이너바디(12) 내부의 물 온도를 측정하는 온도센서(53)와, 상기 히터어셈블리(51)로 전원을 공급하기 위한 어퍼 전원 모듈(55) 등으로 구성된다.The heating module 50 includes a heater assembly 51 that generates heat, a temperature sensor 53 that measures the temperature of water inside the inner body 12, and a heater assembly 51 for supplying power. It is constituted by an upper power supply module 55 and the like.
그리고, 상기 히팅모듈(50)의 하측에는 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)의 일부를 제외한 나머지 구성들이 상기 바디(10)의 하방으로 노출되지 않도록 커버하는 바텀커버(56)가 더 구비된다.In addition, a bottom cover 56 is further provided on the lower side of the heating module 50 to cover the remaining components except for a portion of the upper power module 55 so as not to be exposed downward of the body 10 .
상기 히팅모듈(50)과 상기 바텀 커버(56)는 상기 아우터바디(11)의 개구된 하면을 통해 장착되며, 상기 바디(10)의 하부 적어도 일부를 형성하므로 바텀 바디라 부를 수도 있다. The heating module 50 and the bottom cover 56 are mounted through the open lower surface of the outer body 11 , and form at least a portion of the lower portion of the body 10 , and thus may be referred to as a bottom body.
그리고, 상기 바텀 바디가 조립이 완료된 상태에서 상기 바디(10)는 상기 베이스(60)에 안착될 수 있다. 즉, 상기 전기 주전자(1)의 동작을 위해서는 상기 바텀 바디가 조립된 상태의 상기 바디(10)가 상기 베이스(60)에 안착되어야 한다.In addition, in a state in which the assembly of the bottom body is completed, the body 10 may be seated on the base 60 . That is, for the operation of the electric kettle 1 , the body 10 in which the bottom body is assembled must be seated on the base 60 .
상기 바디(10)가 상기 베이스(60)에 안착된 상태에서는 상기 바디(10)의 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)과 상기 베이스(60)의 로어 전원 모듈(64)은 서로 접하는 상태가 되어 전원 공급이 가능하게 된다. 이와 같은 상태에서 전원 공급에 의해 상기 히터(54)가 발열되어 물을 끓일 수 있다.In a state in which the body 10 is seated on the base 60, the upper power module 55 of the body 10 and the lower power module 64 of the base 60 are in contact with each other, so that power supply is it becomes possible In this state, the heater 54 is heated by the power supply to boil water.
도시된 것과 같이, 상기 히팅모듈(50)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 개구된 하면 내측에 배치될 수 있다. 상기 히팅모듈(50)은 상기 바텀 커버(56)를 분리할 경우 상기 아우터바디(11)의 개구된 하면을 통해 나머지 구성들이 노출될 수 있다.As shown, the heating module 50 may be disposed inside the opened lower surface of the outer body 11 . In the heating module 50 , when the bottom cover 56 is removed, the remaining components may be exposed through the opened lower surface of the outer body 11 .
상기 히터어셈블리(51)는, 상기 이너바디(12)의 저면에 부착 결합되는 히팅플레이트(52)와, 상기 히팅플레이트(52)의 저면에 고정 장착되는 히터(54) 등으로 구성될 수 있다.The heater assembly 51 may include a heating plate 52 attached and coupled to the bottom surface of the inner body 12 , and a heater 54 fixedly mounted to the bottom surface of the heating plate 52 .
구체적으로는, 상기 바디(10)의 하부 중앙에 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)이 배치되고, 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)의 바깥쪽에 히터(54)가 구비되어 이너바디(12)의 저면을 가열할 수 있도록 한다. Specifically, the upper power module 55 is disposed in the lower center of the body 10 , and a heater 54 is provided outside the upper power module 55 to heat the bottom surface of the inner body 12 . make it possible
그리고, 상기 바텀 커버(56)에는 상기 히터(54)로의 전원 공급을 위한 커버 피시비(PCB)가 구비될 수 있다.In addition, a cover PCB for supplying power to the heater 54 may be provided on the bottom cover 56 .
이와 같이, 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)은 상기 히팅모듈(50)의 중앙에 위치된다. 그리고, 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)은 상기 히팅플레이트(52)의 중앙에 장착될 수 있다.As such, the upper power module 55 is located in the center of the heating module 50 . And, the upper power module 55 may be mounted in the center of the heating plate (52).
상기 히팅플레이트(52)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 하면에 결합될 수 있으며, 상기 히팅플레이트(52)에는 상기 히터(54)가 장착될 수 있다.The heating plate 52 may be coupled to the lower surface of the inner body 12 , and the heater 54 may be mounted on the heating plate 52 .
상기 히터(54)는 시즈히터(Sheathe heater)로 구성될 수 있다. 그리고, 상기 히터(54)는 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)보다 더 외측에 위치되며, 상기 히팅플레이트(52)의 둘레를 따라서 배치될 수 있다.The heater 54 may be configured as a sheath heater. In addition, the heater 54 is positioned more outside than the upper power module 55 , and may be disposed along the circumference of the heating plate 52 .
상기 히터(54)의 양단은 서로 인접한 위치에서 이격되며, 이격된 상기 히터의 양단에 연결 단자가 노출되어 상기 커버 피시비(PCB)와 전선에 의해 연결될 수 있도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.It is preferable that both ends of the heater 54 are spaced apart from each other at adjacent positions, and the connection terminals are exposed at both ends of the spaced heater so that they can be connected to the cover PCB by wires.
상기 히팅플레이트(52)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 하면 크기와 대응하는 크기의 원판 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 저면에 상기 히터(54)가 장착될 수 있다. The heating plate 52 may be formed in a disk shape having a size corresponding to the size of the lower surface of the inner body 12 , and the heater 54 may be mounted on the bottom surface.
상기 히팅플레이트(52)는 열전도도가 높은 알루미늄 또는 알루미늄 합금 소재로 형성되어 상기 히터(54)의 열이 상기 이너바디(12)의 저면 전체에 고르게 전달될 수 있도록 한다. 그리고, 상기 히팅플레이트(52)와 상기 히터(54)는 다이캐스팅에 의해 일체로 성형될 수도 있을 것이다.The heating plate 52 is formed of aluminum or an aluminum alloy material having high thermal conductivity, so that the heat of the heater 54 can be uniformly transmitted to the entire bottom surface of the inner body 12 . Also, the heating plate 52 and the heater 54 may be integrally formed by die casting.
상기 히팅플레이트(52)에는 상기 온도센서(53)가 장착되는 온도센서 장착홀(521)이 더 형성될 수 있다.A temperature sensor mounting hole 521 in which the temperature sensor 53 is mounted may be further formed in the heating plate 52 .
상기 온도센서 장착홀(521)에는 센서패킹(531)이 더 구비될 수 있다. 이러한 센서패킹(531)은 상기 온도센서 장착홀(521)을 실링하게 된다.A sensor packing 531 may be further provided in the temperature sensor mounting hole 521 . The sensor packing 531 seals the temperature sensor mounting hole 521 .
상기 히팅플레이트(52)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 하면에 장착될 수 있다. 이때, 상기 히팅플레이트(52)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 하면과 완전히 밀착될 수 있으며, 열전달이 효과적으로 이루어질 수 있도록 블레이징 가공되어 상기 이너바디(12)와 일체로 결합될 수 있다.The heating plate 52 may be mounted on the lower surface of the inner body 12 . In this case, the heating plate 52 may be completely in close contact with the lower surface of the inner body 12 , and may be blazed so that heat transfer can be effectively performed and integrally coupled with the inner body 12 .
상기 히팅플레이트(52)는 원형의 원판 형상으로 이루어질 수 있으며, 상기 이너바디(12)의 직경보다 다소 작은 직경을 가질 수 있다. The heating plate 52 may have a circular disk shape, and may have a diameter slightly smaller than that of the inner body 12 .
상기 이너바디(12)의 바닥면에는 상기 온도센서(53)의 상단이 노출되는 센서홀(124)이 상하로 관통되게 형성된다.A sensor hole 124 through which the upper end of the temperature sensor 53 is exposed is formed on the bottom surface of the inner body 12 to penetrate vertically.
상기 센서홀(124)은 상기 온도센서 장착홀(521)과 상하로 대응하는 위치에 형성된다.The sensor hole 124 is formed at a position corresponding to the temperature sensor mounting hole 521 vertically.
상기 온도센서(53)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 바닥면 상방으로 노출되어 상기 가열 공간(101)의 물 온도를 감지하게 된다.The temperature sensor 53 is exposed above the bottom surface of the inner body 12 to sense the temperature of the water in the heating space 101 .
한편, 상기 온도센서(53)의 상단 높이는 상기 이너바디(12)의 바닥면 높이와 대응되는 높이를 가지도록 설치되며, 이러한 온도센서(53)와 이너바디(12) 사이의 틈새는 상기 센서패킹(531)에 의해 밀폐됨이 바람직하다.On the other hand, the upper end of the temperature sensor 53 is installed to have a height corresponding to the height of the bottom surface of the inner body 12, the gap between the temperature sensor 53 and the inner body 12 is the sensor packing It is preferable to be closed by (531).
따라서, 상기 온도센서(53)의 상단이 상기 이너바디(12)의 바닥면으로부터 상측으로 돌출되지 않게 되므로, 상기 바디(10)의 내부를 세척하는 경우에도 상기 온도센서(53)가 간섭되지 않게 된다.Therefore, since the upper end of the temperature sensor 53 does not protrude upward from the bottom surface of the inner body 12, even when washing the inside of the body 10, the temperature sensor 53 does not interfere. do.
한편, 상기 바텀 커버(56)를 제외한 나머지 히팅모듈(50)은 모두 완전히 상기 바디(10)의 내측에 수용되는 상태가 될 수 있다. 그리고, 상기 바텀 커버(56)의 장착시 상기 바디(10)의 내부에 구비된 상기 히팅모듈(50)의 나머지 구성들을 차폐하게 되고 상기 바디(10)의 하면 외관을 형성하게 된다.Meanwhile, all other heating modules 50 , except for the bottom cover 56 , may be completely accommodated inside the body 10 . And, when the bottom cover 56 is installed, the remaining components of the heating module 50 provided inside the body 10 are shielded, and the lower surface of the body 10 is formed.
상기 바텀 커버(56)의 중앙에는 바텀홀(561)이 형성되며, 상기 바텀홀(561)을 통해서 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)의 일부가 노출될 수 있다.A bottom hole 561 is formed in the center of the bottom cover 56 , and a portion of the upper power module 55 may be exposed through the bottom hole 561 .
따라서, 상기 바텀홀(561)을 통해 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)이 노출되어 상기 바디(10)가 상기 베이스(60)에 장착될 때 상기 로어 전원 모듈(64)과 접하도록 구성될 수 있다.Accordingly, the upper power module 55 may be exposed through the bottom hole 561 so that the body 10 may be configured to contact the lower power module 64 when the body 10 is mounted on the base 60 .
도 8 내지 도 20에는 상기 손잡이(40)의 구성이 상세히 도시되어 있다. 즉, 도 8 및 도 9에는 상기 손잡이(40)의 상방 및 하방 분해사시도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 10에는 상기 손잡이(40)의 부분 절개사시도가 도시되어 있고, 도 11과 도 12에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 구성하는 핸들서포터(41)의 사시도와 후면도가 각각 도시되어 있다. 그리고, 도 13에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 구성하는 핸들커버(42)의 분해사시도가 도시되어 있으며, 도 14와 도 15에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 구성하는 메인피시비(46)와 터치피시비(47)의 구성이 상방 및 하방 사시도로 각각 도시되어 있고, 도 16과 도 17에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 구성하는 터치부스터(48)의 상하 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있다. 또한, 도 18과 도 19에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 구성하는 엘이디커버(49)의 상부 및 하부 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 20에는 상기 손잡이(40)가 결합되는 손잡이브라켓(15)의 구성이 사시도로 도시되어 있다.8 to 20 show the configuration of the handle 40 in detail. That is, FIGS. 8 and 9 show an upper and a lower exploded perspective view of the handle 40, respectively, FIG. 10 is a partially cut-away perspective view of the handle 40, and FIGS. 11 and 12 show the handle A perspective view and a rear view of the handle supporter 41 constituting the 40 are shown, respectively. And, FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view of the handle cover 42 constituting the handle 40, and in FIGS. 14 and 15, the main PCB 46 and the touch PCB 47 constituting the handle 40 are shown. ) is shown in upper and lower perspective views, respectively, and FIGS. 16 and 17 are upper and lower perspective views of the touch booster 48 constituting the handle 40 , respectively. In addition, the upper and lower perspective views of the LED cover 49 constituting the handle 40 are respectively shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 , and in FIG. 20 , the structure of the handle bracket 15 to which the handle 40 is coupled. This is shown in a perspective view.
이들 도면에 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 손잡이(40)는, 골격을 이루는 핸들서포터(41)와 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 구비되는 다수의 부품을 감싸는 핸들커버(42) 등으로 이루어진다. 즉, 상기 손잡이(40)는 다수의 부품을 지지함과 동시에 골격을 이루는 핸들서포터(41)와, 상기 핸들서포터(41)와 결합되어 핸들서포터(41)에 설치되는 다수의 부품을 감싸는 것과 동시에 데코 역할을 하는 핸들커버(42) 등으로 이루어진다.As shown in these drawings, the handle 40 includes a handle supporter 41 constituting a skeleton and a handle cover 42 surrounding a plurality of parts provided in the handle supporter 41 . That is, the handle 40 supports a plurality of parts and at the same time covers a plurality of parts installed in the handle supporter 41 and the handle supporter 41, which is coupled to the handle supporter 41, and is installed at the same time. It consists of a handle cover 42 and the like that serves as a decoration.
상기 핸들서포터(41)는, 내부에 수용되는 부품을 감싸는 측벽프레임(411)과, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 일단으로부터 하측으로 절곡되어 연장 형성되는 기둥프레임(412) 등으로 이루어진다. 즉, 상기 핸들서포터(41)는, 사람의 손이 감싸는 부분이 되는 기둥프레임(412)과, 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 상측에 형성되며 내부에는 아래에서 설명할 제어수단(45)이 설치되는 공간이 형성되도록 하는 측벽프레임(411) 등으로 구성된다.The handle supporter 41 includes a side wall frame 411 surrounding the components accommodated therein, and a pillar frame 412 extending downwardly from one end of the side wall frame 411 . That is, the handle supporter 41 is formed on the upper side of the pillar frame 412 and the pillar frame 412, which is a part wrapped by a person's hand, and a control means 45 to be described below is installed therein. It is composed of a side wall frame 411 and the like to form a space.
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 핸들서포터(41)는 전체적으로는 'ㄱ'자 형상으로 이루어져 상기 바디(10)의 상단부에 결합되는데, 상기 바디(10)에 결합되며 내부에는 다수의 전장부품 등이 내장되는 측벽프레임(411)과, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 일단(후단)으로부터 하측으로 수직 절곡되어 연장된 기둥프레임(412) 등으로 구성된다.In detail, the handle supporter 41 is generally formed in a 'L' shape and is coupled to the upper end of the body 10, which is coupled to the body 10 and has a side wall in which a plurality of electrical components are embedded. It is composed of a frame 411 and a column frame 412 that is vertically bent downward from one end (rear end) of the side wall frame 411 and extends.
물론, 상기 기둥프레임(412)은 상기 측벽프레임(411)으로부터 하측으로 수직으로 절곡되지 아니하고, 예각을 가지거나 둔각을 가지도록 연장 형성될 수도 있을 것이다.Of course, the pillar frame 412 is not bent vertically downward from the side wall frame 411, but may be formed to extend to have an acute angle or an obtuse angle.
상기 핸들서포터(41)에는, 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)과 체결되는 브라켓체결단(413)이 구비된다. The handle supporter (41) is provided with a bracket fastening end (413) fastened to the handle bracket (15).
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 측벽프레임(411) 선단부에는 브라켓체결단(413)이 소정 크기로 형성된다. 즉, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 전방은 개구되고, 이러한 개구된 부분은 소정 높이를 가지는 브라켓체결단(413)에 의해 차폐되며, 이러한 브라켓체결단(413)은 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)에 체결수단에 의해 결합되는 부분이다.Specifically, a bracket fastening end 413 is formed in a predetermined size at the front end of the side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41 . That is, the front of the side wall frame 411 is opened, the opened portion is shielded by a bracket fastening end 413 having a predetermined height, and this bracket fastening end 413 is fastened to the handle bracket 15 . A part that is joined by means.
따라서, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)에는 볼트(bolt) 등과 같은 체결수단이 관통하여 삽입되는 브라켓체결홀(413a)이 전후로 관통되게 하나 이상 형성됨이 바람직하다.Accordingly, it is preferable that at least one bracket fastening hole 413a through which a fastening means such as a bolt passes and is inserted is formed in the bracket fastening end 413 so as to penetrate back and forth.
상기 핸들서포터(41)의 일단에는, 상기 아우터바디(11)에 걸리는 걸이단(415)이 외측으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 즉, 상기 핸들서포터(41)에는 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111)에 걸리는 걸이단(415)이 측벽프레임(411)의 선단으로부터 하측으로 돌출되게 구비된다.At one end of the handle supporter 41, a hanging end 415 caught on the outer body 11 is formed to protrude outward. That is, the handle supporter 41 has a hanging end 415 caught in the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 to protrude downward from the front end of the side wall frame 411 .
구체적으로는, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 측벽프레임(411) 선단에는 소정 크기의 걸이단(415)이 전방으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 즉, 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 측벽프레임(411) 전면 하단부에는 상기 아우터바디(11)에 걸리는 걸이단(415)이 측벽프레임(411)의 선단으로부터 전방 및 하방으로 돌출되게 형성된다.Specifically, at the front end of the side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41, a hanging end 415 of a predetermined size is formed to protrude forward. That is, at the lower end of the front side of the side wall frame 411 of the pillar frame 412 , the hook end 415 caught on the outer body 11 is formed to protrude forward and downward from the front end of the side wall frame 411 .
상기 걸이단(415)은, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 선단과 소정 거리 이격되도록 형성되어 상기 아우터바디(11)의 내측에 수용되도록 형성된다. 따라서, 상기 걸이단(415)은 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 선단으로부터 전방으로 소정 거리 이격되며, 이러한 이격된 걸이단(415)은 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 하단으로부터 전방으로 소정 길이로 연장된 접합부(415a)에 의해 상기 측벽프레임(411)과 일체로 형성된다.The hanging end 415 is formed to be spaced apart from the front end of the side wall frame 411 by a predetermined distance and accommodated inside the outer body 11 . Accordingly, the hanging end 415 is spaced a predetermined distance forward from the front end of the side wall frame 411, and this spaced hanging end 415 is extended by a predetermined length forward from the lower end of the side wall frame 411. It is integrally formed with the side wall frame 411 by the joint portion 415a.
상기 걸이단(415)은, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 선단으로부터 상측 또는 하측으로 돌출되게 형성될 수 있다. 즉, 본 실시예에서는 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 선단으로부터 전방으로 연장된 접합부(415a)로부터 하측으로 돌출되도록 형성되어 있으나, 이러한 걸이단(415)이 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 선단으로부터 상측으로 돌출되도록 구성되는 것도 가능할 것이다.The hanging end 415 may be formed to protrude upward or downward from the tip of the handle supporter 41 . That is, in this embodiment, the hanging end 415 is formed to protrude downward from the junction 415a extending forward from the front end of the side wall frame 411, but this hanging end 415 is the side wall frame ( 411), it will be possible to be configured to protrude upward from the tip.
이와 같이, 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 선단으로부터 하측으로 돌출되게 형성되면, 상기 걸이단(415)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111) 하단에 걸리게 될 것이다. 반대로, 상기 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 선단으로부터 상측으로 돌출되게 형성되면, 상기 걸이단(415)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111) 상단에 걸리게 될 것이다.As such, when the hanging end 415 is formed to protrude downward from the front end of the handle supporter 41, the hanging end 415 will be caught at the lower end of the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11. . Conversely, when the hanging end 415 is formed to protrude upward from the front end of the handle supporter 41, the hanging end 415 will be caught on the upper end of the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11. .
상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 일측에는, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 강도 보강을 위한 보강리브(413b)가 하나 이상 형성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 후측에는 하측으로 갈수록 점차 단면적이 증가하는 보강리브(413b)가 하나 또는 2개가 쌍으로 형성된다. It is preferable that one or more reinforcing ribs 413b for reinforcing the strength of the bracket fastening end 413 are formed on one side of the bracket fastening end 413 . That is, as shown, at the rear of the bracket fastening end 413, one or two reinforcing ribs 413b whose cross-sectional area gradually increases toward the lower side are formed in pairs.
따라서, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)은 상기 보강리브(413b)에 의해 지지되어, 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 견고하게 고정된다.Accordingly, the bracket fastening end 413 is supported by the reinforcing rib 413b and is firmly fixed to the handle supporter 41 .
상기 걸이단(415)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 내부에 위치되며, 상기 걸이단(415)의 일면은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 내면 곡률과 대응되는 곡률을 가지도록 형성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 걸이단(415)의 후면은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 내면 곡률과 대응되는 곡률을 가지도록 형성된다. Preferably, the hook end 415 is positioned inside the outer body 11 , and one surface of the hook end 415 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the inner surface curvature of the outer body 11 . That is, the rear surface of the hook end 415 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the inner surface curvature of the outer body 11 .
이렇게 되면, 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111)에 걸릴 때, 상기 걸이단(415)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 내부에 위치되어 후면은 아우터바디(11)의 내면에 접하게 된다. 따라서, 상기 걸이단(415)의 후면과 아우터바디(11)의 내면 곡률이 일치하므로 서로 밀착된 상태를 유지할 수 있게 되는 것이다.In this case, when the hook end 415 is caught in the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 , the hook end 415 is located inside the outer body 11 so that the rear surface is the outer body 11 . ) is in contact with the inner Accordingly, since the curvature of the rear surface of the hook end 415 and the inner surface of the outer body 11 coincide, it is possible to maintain a state in close contact with each other.
상기 핸들서포터(41)에는 아래에서 설명할 터치부스터(48)의 부스터지지단(487)이 수용되는 지지단홈(416)이 더 형성된다. 즉, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 후단에는 상방이 개구된 '∪'형상의 지지단홈(416)이 형성된다.A support end groove 416 in which the booster support end 487 of the touch booster 48 to be described below is accommodated is further formed in the handle supporter 41 . That is, at the rear end of the side wall frame 411 , a support end groove 416 of a '∪' shape having an upper opening is formed.
그리고, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 외면에는 도시된 바와 같이 내측으로 소정 깊이로 함몰된 측벽후크홈(417)이 형성되며, 이러한 측벽후크홈(417)에는 아래에서 설명할 측벽후크(443)가 삽입되어 체결된다.In addition, as shown in the figure, a side wall hook groove 417 recessed to a predetermined depth is formed on the outer surface of the side wall frame 411, and a side wall hook 443 to be described below is formed in this side wall hook groove 417. inserted and fastened.
상기 측벽프레임(411)의 상단에는 아래에서 설명할 터치부스터(48)의 걸림리브(488)가 안착되는 걸림리브홈(418)이 하측으로 함몰되게 더 형성되기도 한다.At the upper end of the side wall frame 411, a locking rib groove 418 in which a locking rib 488 of the touch booster 48 to be described below is seated is further formed to be recessed downward.
상기 기둥프레임(412)의 전면에는 그립부(401)가 더 형성되며, 이러한 그립부(401)는 플라스틱재질로 이루어지거나 고무나 실리콘 재질과 같이 탄성을 가지는 재질로 이루어질 수 있다. A grip portion 401 is further formed on the front surface of the pillar frame 412 , and the grip portion 401 may be made of a plastic material or a material having elasticity such as rubber or silicone material.
이와 같이 상기 그립부(401)가 플라스틱이나 탄성재질로 이루어지면, 사용자가 상기 손잡이(40)를 손으로 잡는 경우에 부드러운 촉감을 느낄 수 있으며, 미끄러짐이 방지되는 효과가 있다.As described above, when the grip portion 401 is made of plastic or an elastic material, when the user holds the handle 40 by hand, a soft touch can be felt, and slipping is prevented.
상기 그립부(401)는 도시된 바와 같이 'ㄱ'자 형상(측면에서 볼 경우)으로 이루어져, 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 전면은 물론 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 저면에도 밀착되도록 구성될 수 있다.The grip part 401 may be configured to be in a 'L' shape (when viewed from the side) as shown, and to be in close contact with the front surface of the pillar frame 412 as well as the bottom surface of the side wall frame 411 .
상기 그립부(401)는 상기 기둥프레임(412)이나 측벽프레임(411)에 용접 또는 접착제 등에 의해 결합됨이 바람직하다. 상기 그립부(401)는 상기 기둥프레임(412)과 결합되어 사용자가 손으로 쥘 수 있는 가는 원기둥 등의 형상을 가지는 것이 바람직하며, 하측으로 갈수록 점차 외경이 감소하도록 형성될 수도 있다.The grip part 401 is preferably coupled to the pillar frame 412 or the side wall frame 411 by welding or an adhesive. The grip portion 401 is coupled to the pillar frame 412 and preferably has a shape such as a thin cylinder that a user can hold by hand, and may be formed to have an outer diameter gradually decreasing toward the lower side.
그리고, 상기 그립부(401)의 일면에는 사용자가 손으로 쥐었을때 미끄럼을 방지하기 위해서 요철 형상 또는 주름 형상이 형성되어 상기 그립부(401)를 안정적으로 쥐고 상기 전기 주전자(1)를 들어올릴 수 있도록 구성될 수도 있다.In addition, a concave-convex shape or a wrinkle shape is formed on one surface of the grip part 401 to prevent slipping when the user holds the grip part 401 so that the electric kettle 1 can be lifted while holding the grip part 401 stably. may be configured.
이와 같이, 상기 그립부(401)가 고무 또는 실리콘과 같은 마찰력이 높은 소재로 형성되면, 사용자가 상기 손잡이(40)를 쥐었을 한층 더 미끄럼을 방지할 수 있게 되는 것이다.As such, when the grip portion 401 is formed of a material having high frictional force such as rubber or silicone, it is possible to further prevent slippage when the user grips the handle 40 .
상기 기둥프레임(412)의 저면에는 손잡이캡(402)이 더 구비된다. 상기 손잡이캡(402)은 상기 손잡이(40)의 하단을 감싸는 것으로 상기 기둥프레임(412)에 용접 또는 접착제 등으로 결합되거나, 억지끼움 또는 별도의 체결수단에 의해 결합될 수 있을 것이다.A handle cap 402 is further provided on the lower surface of the pillar frame 412 . The handle cap 402 surrounds the lower end of the handle 40 and may be coupled to the pillar frame 412 by welding or an adhesive, or by force fitting or a separate fastening means.
상기 기둥프레임(412)의 후면(도 12에서는 전면)에는 하나 이상의 기둥후크홀(403)이 전후로 관통되게 형성된다. 본 발명에서는 상기 기둥후크홀(403)이 상하로 2개가 형성되는 경우를 예시하고 있다. 이러한 기둥후크홀(403)에는 아래에서 설명할 기둥후크(444)가 체결된다.One or more pillar hook holes 403 are formed in the rear surface (front in FIG. 12 ) of the pillar frame 412 to penetrate back and forth. In the present invention, a case in which two pillar hook holes 403 are formed vertically is exemplified. A pillar hook 444 to be described below is fastened to the pillar hook hole 403 .
상기 핸들커버(42)는 상기 바디(10) 등과 같이 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하며, 손잡이(40)의 외형을 형성하여 외장재(decoration) 기능을 하기도 한다. The handle cover 42 is preferably made of a stainless steel material, such as the body 10, and forms the outer shape of the handle 40 to function as a decoration.
상기 핸들커버(42)는, 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 적어도 일면을 감싸는 기둥편(422)과, 상기 기둥편(422)의 상측에 형성되어 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 외부를 감싸는 측편(421)과, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 일측에 형성되어 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 개구된 상부를 차폐하는 상편(43) 등으로 이루어진다.The handle cover 42 includes a pillar piece 422 surrounding at least one surface of the pillar frame 412 , and a side piece 421 formed on the upper side of the pillar piece 422 and surrounding the outside of the sidewall frame 411 . ) and an upper piece 43 formed on one side of the side wall frame 411 and shielding the opened upper portion of the side wall frame 411 .
상기 기둥편(422)은 도시된 바와 같이 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 후면을 감싸도록 형성된다. 따라서, 상기 기둥편(422)은 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 후면 곡률 및 형상과 대응되도록 성형됨이 바람직하다.The pillar piece 422 is formed to surround the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 as shown. Accordingly, the pillar piece 422 is preferably formed to correspond to the curvature and shape of the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 .
상기 측편(421)은 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 측벽프레임(411)을 감싸는 부분이다. 따라서, 상기 기둥편(422)의 상측에 일체로 형성된다.The side piece 421 is a portion surrounding the side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41 . Therefore, it is integrally formed on the upper side of the column piece 422 .
상기 상편(43)은 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 개구된 측벽프레임(411) 상방을 차폐하는 것으로, 상기 측편(421)의 상단에 일체로 형성되며, 소정 두께를 가지는 평판으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다.The upper piece 43 shields the upper side of the open side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41, is formed integrally with the upper end of the side piece 421, and is preferably made of a flat plate having a predetermined thickness.
이와 같은 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상기 손잡이(40)의 외관을 형성하는 것으로, 고급스러운 질감을 가지도록 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질 등과 같은 견고하면서도 매끈한 재질로 이루어질 수 있다.This is to form the exterior of the handle 40 of the handle cover 42, and may be made of a solid and smooth material such as a stainless steel material to have a luxurious texture.
상기 핸들커버(42)는, 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 후크(hook) 결합에 의해 체결되어 고정되도록 구성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 핸들서포터(41)와 핸들커버(42)는, 후크(hook)가 더 구비되어 원터치(one touch) 결합되도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.The handle cover 42 is preferably configured to be fastened to the handle supporter 41 by hook coupling. That is, it is preferable that the handle supporter 41 and the handle cover 42 are further provided with a hook so as to be coupled with one touch.
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 내측면에는 커버브라켓(44)이 더 구비되는데, 이러한 커버브라켓(44)에는 하나 이상의 후크(hook)가 구비된다.Specifically, a cover bracket 44 is further provided on the inner surface of the handle cover 42, and the cover bracket 44 is provided with one or more hooks.
상기 커버브라켓(44)은 상기 핸들커버(42)와 일체로 결합되는 것이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 커버브라켓(44)은, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 내측면에 용접 또는 접착제에 의해 밀착 고정된다.Preferably, the cover bracket 44 is integrally coupled with the handle cover 42 . That is, the cover bracket 44 is closely fixed to the inner surface of the handle cover 42 by welding or an adhesive.
상기 커버브라켓(44)은, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 외면과 대응되는 형상으로 이루어지는 측부(441)와, 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 외면과 대응되는 형상을 가지는 기둥부(442) 등으로 이루어진다. 이와 같이, 상기 커버브라켓(44)은 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 외면과 대응되도록 형성된다.The cover bracket 44 includes a side portion 441 having a shape corresponding to the outer surface of the side wall frame 411 , and a pillar portion 442 having a shape corresponding to the outer surface of the column frame 412 , etc. . As such, the cover bracket 44 is formed to correspond to the outer surface of the handle supporter 41 .
따라서, 상기 기둥부(442)는 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 기둥프레임(412)의 후면과 대응되는 곡률을 가지도록 상하로 길게 형성됨이 바람직하며, 상기 측부(441)는 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 외면과 대응되도록 '∩'형상(상방에서 볼 경우)으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다.Accordingly, it is preferable that the pillar portion 442 is elongated vertically to have a curvature corresponding to the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 of the handle supporter 41 , and the side portion 441 is the side wall frame 411 . It is preferable to have a '∩' shape (when viewed from above) so as to correspond to the outer surface of the .
물론, 이러한 커버브라켓(44)의 형상은 상기 핸들커버(42)의 내면 형상 및 곡률과도 대응되는 형상을 가져, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 내면에 밀착 고정된다.Of course, the shape of the cover bracket 44 has a shape corresponding to the inner surface shape and curvature of the handle cover 42 and is closely fixed to the inner surface of the handle cover 42 .
상기 핸들서포터(41)와 커버브라켓(44)에는 서로 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 체결되는 후크(443,444)와 후크홈(403,417))이 각각 형성된다. 즉, 상기 커버브라켓(44)은 상기 핸들커버(42)에 일체로 부착된 상태로 상기 핸들서포터(41)와 원터치(one touch)로 결합됨으로써 상기 핸들커버(42)가 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 결합되도록 한다. Hooks 443 and 444 and hook grooves 403,417) are formed in the handle supporter 41 and the cover bracket 44 to correspond to each other and to be fastened. That is, the cover bracket 44 is integrally attached to the handle cover 42 and coupled to the handle supporter 41 by one touch, so that the handle cover 42 is connected to the handle supporter 41 . to be bound to
따라서, 상기 핸들서포터(41)와 커버브라켓(44)에는 각각 서로 결합되는 후크(443,444)와 후크홈(403,417) 등이 구비되는데, 이러한 후크(443,444)와 후크홈(403,417)은 상기 측벽프레임(411)과 측부(441) 그리고 상기 기둥프레임(412)과 기둥부(442)에 각각 서로 대응되는 위치에 하나 이상이 구비되는 것이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 후크(443,444)는, 상기 커버브라켓(44)의 측부(441)에 구비되는 측벽후크(443)와 상기 커버브라켓(44)의 기둥부(442)에 구비되는 기둥후크(444) 등으로 구성되며, 상기 측벽후크(443)와 기둥후크(444)는 상기 커버브라켓(44)으로부터 절개되어 밴딩(bending)된 것이다.Accordingly, the handle supporter 41 and the cover bracket 44 are provided with hooks 443 and 444 and hook grooves 403,417 that are respectively coupled to each other. It is preferable that at least one is provided at positions corresponding to each other 411), the side portion 441, and the pillar frame 412 and the pillar portion 442, respectively. That is, the hooks 443 and 444 include a side wall hook 443 provided on the side portion 441 of the cover bracket 44 and a column hook 444 provided on the column portion 442 of the cover bracket 44, etc. The side wall hook 443 and the pillar hook 444 are cut and bent from the cover bracket 44 .
보다 구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 측벽프레임(411)에는 상기에서 설명한 바와 같이 좌우 측면에 각각 한 쌍의 측벽후크홈(417)이 내측으로 소정 깊이로 함몰되게 형성된다.More specifically, in the side wall frame 411 of the handle supporter 41, as described above, a pair of side wall hook grooves 417, respectively, on the left and right sides are formed to be recessed to a predetermined depth inward.
그리고, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 기둥프레임(412) 후면에는 기둥후크홀(403)이 형성된다. 상기 기둥후크홀(403)은 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 후면을 전후로 관통하도록 형성됨이 바람직하다. 물론, 이러한 기둥후크홀(403)이 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 후면을 전후로 관통하는 홀(hole) 형태 외에 내측(전방)으로 소정 깊이로 함몰되는 홈 형태로 이루어지는 것도 가능할 것이다.In addition, a pillar hook hole 403 is formed on the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 of the handle supporter 41 . The pillar hook hole 403 is preferably formed to pass through the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 back and forth. Of course, it is also possible that the pillar hook hole 403 is formed in the form of a groove that is recessed to a predetermined depth inward (front) in addition to the hole type penetrating the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 back and forth.
한편, 상기 커버브라켓(44)에는 측벽후크(443)와 기둥후크(444)가 각각 형성된다.On the other hand, the cover bracket 44 is formed with a side wall hook 443 and a pillar hook 444, respectively.
상기 측벽후크(443)는 도시된 바와 같이 상기 커버브라켓(44)의 측부(441)로부터 일정 부분이 절개된 것이며, 상기 기둥후크(444)는 상기 커버브라켓(44)의 기둥부(442)로부터 일정 부분이 절개된 것이다.The side wall hook 443 is a portion cut off from the side portion 441 of the cover bracket 44 as shown, and the pillar hook 444 is separated from the pillar portion 442 of the cover bracket 44 . Some parts are cut off.
상기 측벽후크(443)는 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 측벽후크홈(417)과 대응되는 위치에 형성되어, 상기 핸들커버(42)와 상기 핸들서포터(41)가 서로 결합될 때 상기 측벽후크(443)가 상기 측벽후크홈(417)에 수용되도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.The side wall hook 443 is formed at a position corresponding to the side wall hook groove 417 of the side wall frame 411, and when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, the side wall hook ( 443) is preferably configured to be accommodated in the side wall hook groove (417).
그리고, 상기 측벽후크(443)는 도시된 바와 같이 하단이 상기 측부(441)에 연결되고, 상단은 내측으로 밴딩(bending)되도록 형성된다. 이렇게 되면, 상기 핸들커버(42)와 상기 핸들서포터(41)가 서로 결합될 때 상기 측벽후크(443)의 상단부가 상기 측벽후크홈(417)에 수용되어 핸들커버(42)는 핸들서포터(41)의 상방 이탈이 방지된다.And, the side wall hook 443 is formed such that the lower end is connected to the side portion 441 as shown, and the upper end is bent inward. In this way, when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, the upper end of the side wall hook 443 is accommodated in the side wall hook groove 417 so that the handle cover 42 is connected to the handle supporter 41 . ) to prevent upward deviation.
상기 기둥후크(444)는 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 기둥후크홀(403)과 대응되는 위치에 형성되어, 상기 핸들커버(42)와 상기 핸들서포터(41)가 서로 결합될 때 상기 기둥후크(444)가 상기 기둥후크홀(403)에 삽입되어 걸어지도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.The pillar hook 444 is formed at a position corresponding to the pillar hook hole 403 of the pillar frame 412, and when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, the pillar hook ( 444) is preferably configured to be inserted into the pillar hook hole 403 to be hung.
그리고, 상기 기둥후크(444)는 도시된 바와 같이 상단이 상기 기둥부(442)에 연결되고, 하단은 전방으로 소정 거리 이격되도록 형성된다. 이렇게 되면, 상기 핸들커버(42)와 상기 핸들서포터(41)가 서로 결합될 때 핸들커버(42)를 핸들서포터(41)의 후면에 밀착시킨 상태에서 아래로 내리면 상기 기둥후크(444)가 상기 기둥후크홀(403)에 저절로 삽입되어 핸들커버(42)는 핸들서포터(41)에 밀착된 상태를 유지하게 되는 것이다.And, as shown, the pillar hook 444 is formed such that the upper end is connected to the column portion 442, and the lower end is spaced apart a predetermined distance forward. In this case, when the handle cover 42 and the handle supporter 41 are coupled to each other, when the handle cover 42 is brought in close contact with the rear surface of the handle supporter 41, the pillar hook 444 is opened. It is automatically inserted into the pillar hook hole 403 to keep the handle cover 42 in close contact with the handle supporter 41 .
보다 구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 기둥후크(444)는, 상기 기둥부(442)로부터 절개되어 기둥부(442)와 이격되는 위치에 형성되는 수용부(444a)와, 상기 수용부(444a)의 일단(상단)으로부터 벤딩(bending)되어 상기 수용부(444a)와 기둥부(442)를 연결하는 지지부(444b)와, 상기 수용부(444a)의 다른 일단(하단)으로부터 밴딩(bending)되어 연장 형성되는 가이드부(444c) 등으로 이루어진다.Looking more specifically, the pillar hook 444, the receiving portion 444a formed at a position spaced apart from the pillar portion 442 by cutting from the pillar portion 442, and one end of the receiving portion 444a ( The support portion 444b that is bent from the upper end) and connects the receiving portion 444a and the pillar 442, and the other end (lower end) of the receiving portion 444a, which is bent and formed to extend It consists of a guide part 444c and the like.
따라서 상기 기둥후크(444)는 전체적으로는 '┏'형상(우측방에서 볼 경우)으로 이루어지며, 하단의 가이드부(444c)는 전방(우측에서 볼 경우에는 좌측)으로 밴딩(blending)되어 있다. 그리고, 상기 수용부(444a)와 상기 기둥부(442) 사이의 거리는 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 후면 두께와 대응되는 크기를 가지는 것이 바람직하다.Accordingly, the pillar hook 444 is generally formed in a '┏' shape (when viewed from the right side), and the guide part 444c at the lower end is bent forward (when viewed from the right side, on the left). In addition, the distance between the receiving portion 444a and the pillar portion 442 preferably has a size corresponding to the thickness of the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 .
이렇게 되면, 상기 핸들커버(42)를 상기 핸들서포터(41) 후면에 밀착시킨 상태로 아래로 내리면, 상기 기둥후크(444)의 가이드부(444c)가 상기 기둥후크홀(403) 속으로 저절로 들어가게 되고, 계속 핸들커버(42)를 아래로 내리면 상기 수용부(444a)는 상기 기둥프레임(412)의 내부로 들어가게 되어 상기 핸들커버(42)는 핸들서포터(41)에 결합되는 것이다.In this case, when the handle cover 42 is lowered in close contact with the rear surface of the handle supporter 41, the guide part 444c of the pillar hook 444 automatically enters into the pillar hook hole 403. When the handle cover 42 is continuously lowered, the receiving portion 444a enters the inside of the pillar frame 412 , and the handle cover 42 is coupled to the handle supporter 41 .
그리고, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 내측에는, 피시비(PCB)를 지지하는 하나 이상의 리브(rib)가 더 구비될 수도 있다.In addition, one or more ribs for supporting the PCB may be further provided inside the sidewall frame 411 .
상기 손잡이브라켓(15)은, 상기 이너바디(12)에 결합되는 부착부(151)와, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)에 결합되는 체결부(152)와, 서로 이격된 상기 부착부(151)와 체결부(152)를 서로 연결하는 연결부(153) 등으로 이루어진다.The handle bracket 15 includes an attachment part 151 coupled to the inner body 12, a coupling part 152 coupled to the bracket fastening end 413, and the attachment part 151 spaced apart from each other. and a connection part 153 and the like connecting the coupling part 152 to each other.
상기 부착부(151)는, 상기 이너바디(12)의 외면과 대응되는 곡률을 가지도록 형성되며, 상기 이너바디(12)에 용접 또는 접착제에 의해 부착 고정됨이 바람직하다. 그리고, 본 발명 실시예에서는 상기 부착부(151)가 좌우로 소정 거리 이격되도록 한 쌍으로 이루어진 경우를 예시하고 있으나, 이러한 부착부(151)는 3개 또는 그 이상이 구비되는 것도 가능할 것이다.The attachment part 151 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the outer surface of the inner body 12 , and is preferably attached and fixed to the inner body 12 by welding or an adhesive. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the case in which the attachment part 151 is formed as a pair so as to be spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance is exemplified, but three or more attachment parts 151 may be provided.
상기 체결부(152)는 상기 브라켓체결단(413)에 체결수단에 의해 결합되는 부분이다. 따라서, 이러한 체결부(152)는 상기 브라켓체결단(413)과 대응되도록 소정 두께를 가지는 평판으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하며, 볼트(bolt) 등이 삽입되는 하나 이상의 체결홀(154)이 전후로 관통되게 형성될 수 있다.The fastening part 152 is a part coupled to the bracket fastening end 413 by a fastening means. Accordingly, the fastening part 152 is preferably made of a flat plate having a predetermined thickness to correspond to the bracket fastening end 413, and at least one fastening hole 154 into which a bolt or the like is inserted is formed to penetrate back and forth. can be
한편, 상기 손잡이(40)에는, 상기 히팅모듈(50)로 공급되는 전원을 제어하거나 상기 바디(10) 내부의 내용물 온도를 제어하는 제어수단(45)이 구비된다. Meanwhile, the handle 40 is provided with a control means 45 for controlling the power supplied to the heating module 50 or for controlling the temperature of the contents inside the body 10 .
상기 제어수단(45)은, 상기 핸들서포터(41)와 핸들커버(42) 사이에 구비된다. 즉, 상기 손잡이(40)의 핸들서포터(41)를 구성하는 측벽프레임(411) 내부에는 소정 크기의 공간이 형성되며, 이러한 공간에 다수의 전장부품을 포함하는 제어수단(45)이 설치된다.The control means (45) is provided between the handle supporter (41) and the handle cover (42). That is, a space of a predetermined size is formed inside the side wall frame 411 constituting the handle supporter 41 of the handle 40 , and the control means 45 including a plurality of electric components is installed in this space.
한편, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)은 사용자가 전기 주전자(1)의 작동을 조작하도록 하는 조작부 또는 사용자가 전기 주전자(1)의 작동 상태를 확인할 수 있는 디스플레이 기능을 겸하도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.On the other hand, the upper part 43 of the handle cover 42 is configured to serve as a control unit for a user to operate the operation of the electric kettle 1 or a display function that allows the user to check the operating state of the electric kettle 1 desirable.
상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)에는, 사용자의 누름 또는 터치(touch)에 의해 전기 주전자(1) 내부로 공급되는 전원을 온/오프(on/off)할 수 있는 제1조작부(431)와, 사용자의 누름 또는 터치(touch)에 의해 상기 바디(10) 내부의 온도를 설정하거나 제어할 수 있는 제2조작부(432) 등이 구비될 수 있다.On the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42, a first manipulation unit 431 capable of turning on/off the power supplied to the inside of the electric kettle 1 by a user's press or touch ) and a second manipulation unit 432 capable of setting or controlling the temperature inside the body 10 by a user's press or touch may be provided.
상기 제1조작부(431)는 도시된 바와 같이 원형의 평판 형상으로 이루어지며, 적어도 중심부는 상하로 유동할 수 있도록 탄성을 가지게 형성됨이 바람직하다.As shown in the figure, the first manipulation unit 431 is formed in a circular flat plate shape, and at least a central portion thereof is preferably formed to have elasticity so that it can flow up and down.
상기 제2조작부(432)는 상기 제1조작부(431)의 앞측에 구비되며, 이러한 제2조작부(432)도 상하로 유동되도록 탄성을 가지게 형성됨이 바람직하다. 따라서, 이러한 제2조작부(432)의 전후에는 제2조작부(432)가 상하로 일정 부분 유동 가능하도록 소정 크기의 절개선(432a)이 형성될 수도 있다.The second manipulation unit 432 is provided on the front side of the first manipulation unit 431 , and it is preferable that the second manipulation unit 432 also has elasticity to flow up and down. Accordingly, a cut line 432a having a predetermined size may be formed before and after the second manipulation unit 432 so that the second manipulation unit 432 can partially flow up and down.
상기 제2조작부(432)의 전방 즉, 상기 상편(43) 중 바디(10)에 근접한 부분에는 다수의 투시홀(433)이 상하로 관통되게 형성된다. 상기 투시홀(433)은 아래에서 설명할 발광소자(477) 불빛이 상기 상편(43) 상측으로 투시되도록 하여 사용자가 인식할 수 있도록 하는 홀(hole)이다.A plurality of see-through holes 433 are formed to penetrate vertically in front of the second manipulation unit 432 , that is, in a portion of the upper piece 43 that is close to the body 10 . The see-through hole 433 is a hole through which the light of the light emitting device 477, which will be described below, is transmitted through the upper side 43 so that the user can recognize it.
그리고, 이러한 투시홀(433) 옆에는 투시홀(433)에 표시되는 빛이 온도를 표시하도록 하기 위한 온도 표시가 더 인쇄되기도 한다.In addition, a temperature display for allowing the light displayed on the see-through hole 433 to display the temperature is further printed next to the see-through hole 433 .
상기 제어수단(45)은, 다수의 제어부품이 구비되는 메인피시비(46)와, 상기 상편(43)의 제1조작부(431) 또는/및 제2조작부(432)를 통해 전달되는 누름 또는 터치(touch)를 감지하는 터치피시비(47)와, 상기 상편(43)의 제1조작부(431) 또는/및 제2조작부(432)의 누름이나 터치가 상기 터치피시비(47)로 오작동없이 전달되도록 하는 터치부스터(48) 등으로 구성된다.The control means 45 includes a main PCB 46 provided with a plurality of control parts, and a press or touch transmitted through the first manipulation unit 431 and/or the second manipulation unit 432 of the upper piece 43 . So that the touch PCB 47 that senses (touch) and the press or touch of the first manipulation unit 431 or/and the second manipulation unit 432 of the upper piece 43 are transferred to the touch pcb 47 without malfunction It is composed of a touch booster 48 and the like.
보다 구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43) 하측에는 상기 터치부스터(48)가 밀착 설치된다. 그리고, 이러한 터치부스터(48)와 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43) 사이에는 터치부스터(48)가 상편(43)의 저면에 밀착 고정되도록 하기 위하여 양면테이프(451)가 사용되기도 한다.In more detail, the touch booster 48 is closely installed on the lower side of the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 . And, between the touch booster 48 and the upper piece 43 of the handle cover 42 , a double-sided tape 451 may be used so that the touch booster 48 is closely fixed to the bottom surface of the upper piece 43 .
상기 터치부스터(48)의 하측에는 상기 터치피시비(47)가 설치된다. 상기 터치피시비(47)도 상기 터치부스터(48)의 저면에 밀착 설치됨이 바람직하며, 이를 위해 상기 터치부스터(48)와 터치피시비(47) 사이에도 두 부품의 결합을 위한 양면테이프(451)가 사용될 수 있다.The touch PCB 47 is installed below the touch booster 48 . The touch PCB 47 is also preferably installed in close contact with the bottom surface of the touch booster 48, and for this purpose, a double-sided tape 451 for bonding the two parts is also provided between the touch booster 48 and the touch PCB 47. can be used
상기 터치피시비(47)의 하측에는 메인피시비(46)가 구비된다.A main PCB 46 is provided below the touch PCB 47 .
상기 메인피시비(46)는 전기 주전자(1)의 각종 기능을 설정하거나 작동 등을 제어하기 위한 것으로, 여기에는 다수의 전장부품 등이 설치된다. 즉, 상기 메인피시비(46)는 전기 주전자(1)의 전체적인 동작을 제어하는 기능을 가질 수 있으며, 상기 히터모듈(50)과 연결될 수 있고, 상기 히터(54)의 동작을 제어할 수 있게 된다.The main PCB 46 is for setting various functions or controlling the operation of the electric kettle 1, and a plurality of electric components are installed therein. That is, the main PCB 46 may have a function of controlling the overall operation of the electric kettle 1 , may be connected to the heater module 50 , and may control the operation of the heater 54 . .
상기 메인피시비(46)는 상기 터치피시비(47)와 결합되며, 이를 위해 상기 터치피시비(47)와 메인피시비(46)에는 각각 서로 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 체결되는 상커넥터(47a)와 하커넥터(46a)가 하나 이상 구비될 수 있다.The main PCB 46 is coupled to the touch PCB 47, and for this purpose, the touch PCB 47 and the main PCB 46 have a shape corresponding to each other and are fastened with an upper connector 47a and a lower connector ( 46a) may be provided with one or more.
그리고, 상기 메인피시비(46)의 하측에는 전원연결 또는 데이터 인출입을 위한 연결커넥터(46b) 등이 더 구비될 수 있다.In addition, a connection connector 46b for power connection or data input/output may be further provided below the main PCB 46 .
상기 터치피시비(47)는, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)에 형성되는 제1조작부(431) 또는 제2조작부(432)의 누름 동작이나 터치(touch)를 감지하는 센서가 구비되는 인디게이터기판(471)과, 상기 터치부스터(48)의 터치전달부(481)로부터 전달되는 누름 동작을 상기 인디게이터기판(471)의 센서로 전달하는 터치기판(473)과, 상기 인디게이터기판(471)과 터치기판(473) 사이에 구비되어 상기 인디게이터기판(471)에 구비되는 센서가 외부의 간섭으로부터 차단되도록 보호하는 보호기판(475) 등으로 이루어진다.The touch PCB 47 is provided with a sensor for detecting a pressing operation or touch of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 formed on the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 . An indicator substrate 471, a touch substrate 473 that transmits a pressing operation transmitted from the touch transfer unit 481 of the touch booster 48 to a sensor of the indicator substrate 471, and the indicator substrate 471 and a protective substrate 475 provided between the touch substrate 473 and the like to protect the sensor provided on the indicator substrate 471 to be blocked from external interference.
이와 같이 상기 터치피시비(47)는 3개의 층으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하며, 가장 하측에는 터치센서(472)와 같은 사용자의 작동을 감지하는 센서 등이 설치되는 인디게이터기판(471)이 구비되고, 상기 인디게이터기판(471)의 상측에는 터치센서(472) 등과 같은 부품들이 외부 타 부품과 간섭되지 않도록 보호하기 위한 보호기판(475)이 구비되며, 이러한 보호기판(475)의 상측에는 상기 터치부스터(48)로부터 전달되는 동작을 터치센서(472) 등에 전달하기 위한 터치기판(473)이 구비된다.As described above, the touch PCB 47 is preferably made of three layers, and an indicator substrate 471 on which a sensor for detecting a user's operation such as the touch sensor 472 is installed is provided at the lowermost side, and the indicator A protection substrate 475 is provided on the upper side of the substrate 471 to protect components such as the touch sensor 472 from interfering with other external components, and the touch booster 48 is provided on the upper side of the protection substrate 475. A touch substrate 473 for transmitting an operation transmitted from the touch sensor 472 and the like is provided.
상기 터치센서(472)는 오감지를 방지하고 스테인리스(stainless steel) 소재로 이루어지는 상기 핸들커버(42)의 터치를 효과적으로 감지할 수 있도록 압전소자를 이용한 피에조(Piezo) 타입의 터치센서로 구성될 수 있다. 즉, 상기 조작부(431,432)의 조작시 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)의 변형을 감지하여 사용자의 터치를 인식하도록 하여 사용자의 손이 빈번하게 닿을 수 있는 상기 손잡이(40)에서의 오인식을 방지하고 유효 조작을 효과적으로 인식할 수 있다.The touch sensor 472 may be configured as a piezo-type touch sensor using a piezoelectric element to prevent erroneous sensing and effectively sense the touch of the handle cover 42 made of stainless steel. . That is, when the manipulation units 431 and 432 are manipulated, the user's touch is recognized by sensing the deformation of the upper part 43 of the handle cover 42 , so that the user's hand can be frequently touched by misrecognition in the handle 40 . can be prevented and effective operation can be recognized effectively.
상기 터치센서(472)는 상기 조작부(431,432)와 상하로 대응하는 위치에 구비됨이 바람직하다. 따라서 사용자가 상기 조작부(431,432)를 누르게 되면 상기 터치센서(472)는 이를 감지하여 동작을 위한 신호를 발생할 수 있게 된다.The touch sensor 472 is preferably provided at a position corresponding to the upper and lower sides of the manipulation units 431 and 432 . Accordingly, when the user presses the manipulation units 431 and 432, the touch sensor 472 detects it and generates a signal for operation.
상기 터치피시비(47)의 일측 또는 일단에는, 상기 바디(10)의 온도 상태 또는 온도 설정을 외부로 표시하기 위한 다수의 발광소자(477)가 구비된다. 즉, 상기 터치피시비(47)의 선단(도 14에서는 좌측단)에는 다수의 발광소자(477)가 구비된다. 상기 발광소자(477)는 상기 투시홀(433)과 상하로 대응하는 위치에 대응하는 개수만큼 배치될 수 있다.A plurality of light emitting devices 477 for externally displaying the temperature state or temperature setting of the body 10 are provided on one side or one end of the touch PCB 47 . That is, a plurality of light emitting devices 477 are provided at the front end (left end in FIG. 14 ) of the touch PCB 47 . The number of light emitting devices 477 may be disposed to correspond to positions corresponding to the upper and lower sides of the see-through hole 433 .
보다 구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 인디게이터기판(471)의 선단(도 14에서는 좌측단)에는 다수의 발광소자(477)가 구비된다. 본 발명 실시예에서는 상기 발광소자(477)가 총 5개의 세트로 등(等) 간격으로 형성되는 경우를 예시하고 있으며, 하나의 세트에는 각각 빨강 불빛과 흰색 불빛을 발산하는 2개의 엘이디(LED)가 쌍을 이루고 있다.More specifically, a plurality of light emitting devices 477 are provided at the front end (left end in FIG. 14 ) of the indicator substrate 471 . In the embodiment of the present invention, the case in which the light emitting element 477 is formed at equal intervals in a total of five sets is exemplified, and in one set, two LEDs emitting red light and white light, respectively. is paired with
따라서, 가열 상태나 보온 상태 등을 서로 다른 불빛으로 표현할 수 있게 된다. 즉, 일례로 계속 가열이 되는 경우에는 상기 발광소자(477)의 엘이디(LED) 중 백색 엘이디(LED)가 켜지도록 하여 가열 상태를 표시하도록 하고, 가열이 완료되어 보온 상태인 경우에는 상기 발광소자(477) 중 적색 엘이디(LED)가 켜지도록 하여 상기 투시홀(433)을 통해 적색 불빛이 새어나오도록 하여 사용자가 보온 상태를 눈으로 확인할 수 있도록 할 수 있는 것이다.Accordingly, it is possible to express the heating state or the keeping warm state with different lights. That is, in the case of continuous heating as an example, the white LED among the LEDs of the light emitting device 477 is turned on to indicate the heating state, and when the heating is completed and the heating state is completed, the light emitting element In 477, the red LED is turned on so that the red light leaks out through the see-through hole 433, so that the user can visually check the warming state.
이와 같이, 상기 발광소자(477)는 상기 터치피시비(47)의 선단에 등(等) 간격으로 다수개가 설치되며, 서로 다른 색상을 표출하는 2개 이상의 엘이디(LED)가 쌍으로 구비됨이 바람직하다.In this way, a plurality of the light emitting devices 477 are installed at equal intervals at the front end of the touch PCB 47, and two or more LEDs emitting different colors are preferably provided in pairs. do.
상기 터치피시비(47)의 일측에는, 상기 발광소자(477)를 감싸는 엘이디커버(49)가 더 구비된다. 즉, 상기 터치피시비(47)의 상면에 설치되는 발광소자(477) 상측에는 엘이디커버(49)가 더 구비되어 상기 발광소자(477)의 상측을 감싸게 된다.An LED cover 49 surrounding the light emitting device 477 is further provided on one side of the touch PCB 47 . That is, an LED cover 49 is further provided above the light emitting device 477 installed on the upper surface of the touch PCB 47 to surround the upper side of the light emitting device 477 .
상기 엘이디커버(49)는, 투명 또는 반투명 재질로 이루어져 상기 발광소자(477)에서 발광되는 빛이 통과되도록 하는 것이 바람직하며, 상기 엘이디커버(49)는 탄성재질로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다.The LED cover 49 is preferably made of a transparent or translucent material to allow light emitted from the light emitting device 477 to pass therethrough, and the LED cover 49 is preferably made of an elastic material.
상기 엘이디커버(49)는, 빛의 투과가 가능한 소재로 형성됨이 바람직하며, 필요에 따라서 빛의 확산 및 분산이 가능한 소재로 형성되어 상기 발광소자(477)에서 조사되는 빛이 보다 밝게 빛나도록 할 수도 있을 것이다.The LED cover 49 is preferably formed of a material that allows light to pass through, and is formed of a material capable of diffusing and dispersing light as needed so that the light irradiated from the light emitting device 477 shines brighter. it might be
상기 엘이디커버(49)는, 상기 다수의 발광소자(477)를 각각 감싸는 다수의 개별커버(491)와, 상기 개별커버(491)와 이격된 위치에 형성되며 상기 다수의 개별커버(491)를 지지하는 커버대(492)와, 상기 다수의 개별커버(491)와 상기 커버대(492)가 서로 연결되도록 하는 커버연결부(493) 등으로 이루어진다.The LED cover 49 is formed at a position spaced apart from a plurality of individual covers 491 each surrounding the plurality of light emitting devices 477, and the individual covers 491, and the plurality of individual covers 491 are formed. It consists of a cover 492 for supporting, and a cover connecting portion 493 for connecting the plurality of individual covers 491 and the cover 492 to each other.
상기 다수의 개별커버(491)는, 상기에서 설명한 각각의 발광소자(477) 즉, 2개의 엘이디(LED)가 세트로 이루어져 한 쌍(적색LED와 백색LED)을 구성하는 총 5개의 발광소자(477)를 각각 덮는 것이다. 그리고, 이러한 각각의 개별커버(491)는 소정의 곡률을 가지는 커버대(492)에 연결된다.The plurality of individual covers 491, each of the light emitting devices 477 described above, that is, a set of two LEDs, constitute a pair (red LED and white LED), a total of five light emitting devices ( 477) respectively. And, each of these individual covers 491 is connected to the cover 492 having a predetermined curvature.
상기 개별커버(491)에는, 상기 발광소자(477)가 수용되는 엘이디홈(494)이 일측으로 함몰 형성된다. 즉, 상기 개별커버(491)는 상기 발광소자(477)의 상측을 감싸도록 설치된다. 따라서 상기 개별커버(491)의 저면에는 상측으로 함몰된 엘이디홈(494)이 형성되고, 이러한 엘이디홈(494)은 상기 엘이디커버(49)가 상기 발광소자(477)를 덮을 때 각각의 발광소자(477)가 수용되는 부분이다.In the individual cover 491, an LED groove 494 in which the light emitting device 477 is accommodated is formed to be recessed to one side. That is, the individual cover 491 is installed to surround the upper side of the light emitting device 477 . Accordingly, an LED groove 494 recessed upward is formed on the bottom surface of the individual cover 491, and the LED groove 494 is formed when the LED cover 49 covers the light emitting device 477, respectively. (477) is the accepted part.
상기 개별커버(491)는, 상기 터치피시비(47)의 일면에 접하는 베이스돔(491a)과, 상기 베이스돔(491a)보다 작은 크기를 가지는 중간돔(491b)과, 상기 중간돔(491b)보다 작은 크기를 가지는 상단돔(491c) 등으로 구성된다.The individual cover 491 has a base dome 491a in contact with one surface of the touch PCB 47, an intermediate dome 491b having a size smaller than that of the base dome 491a, and the intermediate dome 491b. It is composed of an upper dome 491c having a small size and the like.
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 베이스돔(491a)은 상기 개별커버(491)의 하단을 구성하여 터치피시비(47)의 상면에 밀착되는 부분이며, 소정 두께를 가지도록 형성되고 아래에서 설명할 터치부스터(48)의 커버홈(483)에 수용되는 부분이다.Specifically, the base dome 491a constitutes the lower end of the individual cover 491 and is in close contact with the upper surface of the touch PCB 47, is formed to have a predetermined thickness, and is a touch booster 48 to be described below. ) is a part accommodated in the cover groove 483.
상기 중간돔(491b)은 상기 베이스돔(491a)의 상면으로부터 싱측으로 소정 높이로 돌출 형성되는 부분이며, 상기 베이스돔(491a)보다 작은 크기의 평단면을 가지도록 형성됨이 바람직하다. 상기 중간돔(491b)은 아래에서 설명할 터치부스터(48)의 중간홀(484)에 수용되는 부분이다. 따라서, 상기 중간돔(491b)은 아래에서 설명할 중간홀(484)과 대응되는 사각형상의 단면을 가지도록 형성됨이 바람직하다.The intermediate dome 491b is a portion that protrudes from the upper surface of the base dome 491a toward the singe at a predetermined height, and is preferably formed to have a flat cross-section having a size smaller than that of the base dome 491a. The intermediate dome 491b is a portion accommodated in the intermediate hole 484 of the touch booster 48 to be described below. Therefore, the intermediate dome 491b is preferably formed to have a rectangular cross section corresponding to the intermediate hole 484 to be described below.
상기 상단돔(491c)은 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 중간돔(491b)의 상면으로부터 상측으로 돌출 형성되며, 상기 중간돔(491b)보다 작은 크기를 가지는 것이 바람직하다. 상기 상단돔(491c)은 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)에 형성되는 투시홀(433)에 삽입되어 끼워지는 부분이다. As shown, the upper dome 491c is formed to protrude upward from the upper surface of the intermediate dome 491b, and preferably has a smaller size than the intermediate dome 491b. The upper dome 491c is a portion to be inserted and fitted into the see-through hole 433 formed in the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 .
따라서, 상기 상단돔(491c)은 상기 투시홀(433)과 대응되는 형상(원형)을 가지는 것이 바람직하며, 이러한 상단돔(491c)의 외경은 상기 투시홀(433)의 내경과 대응되는 크기를 가지는 것이 바람직하다. 보다 바람직하게는 상기 상단돔(491c)은 상기 투시홀(433)에 억지끼움으로 결합되도록 형성되어, 상기 투시홀(433)을 통해 상기 손잡이(40)의 외부에서 내부로 물 등이 침투되지 않도록 구성된다.Therefore, the upper dome 491c preferably has a shape (circular) corresponding to the see-through hole 433, and the outer diameter of the upper dome 491c has a size corresponding to the inner diameter of the see-through hole 433. It is preferable to have More preferably, the upper dome 491c is formed to be coupled to the see-through hole 433 by force fitting, so that water does not penetrate from the outside to the inside of the handle 40 through the see-through hole 433 . is composed
상기 터치부스터(48)는 전체적으로는 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)과 대응되는 크기와 형상을 가지도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.The touch booster 48 is preferably configured to have a size and shape corresponding to the upper part 43 of the handle cover 42 as a whole.
상기 터치부스터(48)에는, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)에 형성되는 제1조작부(431) 또는 제2조작부(432)의 누름 동작을 상기 터치피시비(47)로 전달하는 터치전달부(481)가 형성된다. 즉, 상기 터치부스터(48)에는 상기 제1조작부(431) 또는 제2조작부(432)의 설치위치와 오버랩(overlap)되는 위치에 터치전달부(481)가 각각 형성된다.In the touch booster 48 , a touch transmission for transferring a pressing operation of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 formed on the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 to the touch PCB 47 . A portion 481 is formed. That is, in the touch booster 48 , a touch transfer unit 481 is formed at a position overlapping the installation position of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 , respectively.
상기 터치전달부(481)는, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)에 형성되는 제1조작부(431) 또는 제2조작부(432)의 중앙 하측에 위치된다.The touch transfer unit 481 is located at the lower center of the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 formed on the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42 .
상기 터치전달부(481)는, 상기 터치부스터(48)로부터 이격되도록 형성되며, 일정 길이를 가지는 연결리브(482a)에 의해 터치부스터(48)에 연결되어 상하로 탄성 유동하도록 설치된다. 즉, 상기 터치전달부(481)는 중앙부가 상하로 일정 부분 유동 가능하도록 탄성을 가지게 형성됨이 바람직하다.The touch transfer unit 481 is formed to be spaced apart from the touch booster 48, is connected to the touch booster 48 by a connecting rib 482a having a predetermined length, and is installed to elastically flow up and down. That is, the touch transfer unit 481 is preferably formed to have elasticity so that the central portion can flow up and down in a certain portion.
보다 상세하게 살펴보면, 상기 터치부스터(48)에는 상기 핸들커버(42)의 제1조작부(431)와 제2조작부(432) 하측에 해당하는 위치에 각각 부스터홀(482)이 상하로 관통되게 형성되며, 이러한 부스터홀(482)의 중앙에 상기 터치전달부(481)가 소정 크기의 사각평판으로 구성된다.In more detail, the touch booster 48 has a booster hole 482 at a position corresponding to the lower side of the first manipulation unit 431 and the second manipulation unit 432 of the handle cover 42 so as to penetrate vertically. In the center of the booster hole 482 , the touch transfer unit 481 is formed of a rectangular flat plate of a predetermined size.
그리고, 상기 터치전달부(481)는 상기 부스터홀(482)의 크기보다 작으므로, 이러한 터치전달부(481)를 상기 터치부스터(48)와 연결하기 위해 연결리브(482a)가 더 구비된다.In addition, since the touch transfer unit 481 is smaller than the size of the booster hole 482 , a connection rib 482a is further provided to connect the touch transfer unit 481 with the touch booster 48 .
상기 연결리브(482a)는, 'ㄱ' 또는 'ㄴ' 형상(상방에서 볼 때)을 가지도록 구성되어, 양단은 상기 터치전달부(481)와 터치부스터(48)에 각각 일체로 연결된다.The connecting rib 482a is configured to have a 'L' or 'L' shape (when viewed from above), and both ends are integrally connected to the touch transfer unit 481 and the touch booster 48, respectively.
이와 같이 상기 터치전달부(481)가 상기 부스터홀(482) 중앙에 연결리브(482a)에 의해 연결되도록 형성하는 것은, 사용자의 누름 동작이 상기 터치피시비(47)로 잘 전달되도록 함과 동시에 오작동을 방지하기 위한 것이다. 즉, 상기 터치전달부(481)는 상기 연결리브(482a)에 의해 탄성을 가져 상하로 유동하도록 하는 한편, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 제1조작부(431)와 제2조작부(432)에 정확하게 누름 동작이 수행되지 않은 경우에는 이러한 누름 동작이 상기 터치피시비(47)로는 전달되지 않도록 하여 오작동을 방지하기 위한 것이다.As described above, forming the touch transfer unit 481 to be connected to the center of the booster hole 482 by the connecting rib 482a ensures that the user's pressing operation is well transmitted to the touch PCB 47 and malfunctions at the same time. is to prevent That is, the touch transmitting part 481 has elasticity by the connecting rib 482a to allow it to flow up and down, while accurately applying the first manipulation part 431 and the second manipulation part 432 of the handle cover 42 . When the pressing operation is not performed, the pressing operation is not transmitted to the touch PCB 47 to prevent a malfunction.
상기 터치전달부(481)의 일면에는, 일측으로 돌출된 누름돌기(481a)가 더 형성된다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 터치전달부(481)의 저면에는 하측으로 돌출된 누름돌기(481a)가 더 형성된다. 상기 누름돌기(481a)는 소정 두께를 가지는 원기둥 형상을 가지며, 소정 길이를 가지도록 형성되어 아래에서 설명할 기판누름부(473a) 상면에 접하거나 이격된 위치에 오버랩(overlap)되도록 설치됨이 바람직하다.A pressing protrusion 481a protruding to one side is further formed on one surface of the touch transfer unit 481 . That is, as shown, a pressing protrusion 481a protruding downward is further formed on the bottom surface of the touch transfer unit 481 . The pressing protrusion 481a has a cylindrical shape having a predetermined thickness, is formed to have a predetermined length, and is preferably installed so as to overlap at a position in contact with or spaced apart from the upper surface of the substrate pressing portion 473a to be described below. .
상기 터치기판(473)에는, 상기 터치부스터(48)의 누름돌기(481a)와 접하여, 상기 누름돌기(481a)로부터 가해지는 압력을 상기 인디게이터기판(471)의 센서로 전달하는 기판누름부(473a)가 더 구비된다.The touch substrate 473 has a substrate pressing portion 473a that is in contact with the pressing protrusion 481a of the touch booster 48 and transmits the pressure applied from the pressing protrusion 481a to the sensor of the indicator substrate 471 . ) is further provided.
상기 기판누름부(473a)는, 상기 터치기판(473)으로부터 이격되도록 형성되며, 하나 이상의 터치리브(473b)에 의해 연결되어 상하로 유동 가능하도록 설치된다.The substrate pressing portion 473a is formed to be spaced apart from the touch substrate 473 and is connected by one or more touch ribs 473b to be installed to be movable up and down.
구체적으로는 상기 터치전달부(481)와 마찬가지로, 상기 기판누름부(473a)도 상하로 유동 가능하도록 소정의 탄성을 가지도록 형성된다. 즉, 상기 터치기판(473)에는 상기 터치부스터(48)의 부스터홀(482) 형성위치와 대응되는 위치에 기판홀(473c)이 상하로 관통되게 형성되며, 이러한 기판홀(473c)의 중앙에는 기판누름부(473a)가 구비된다.Specifically, similarly to the touch transfer unit 481 , the substrate pressing unit 473a is formed to have a predetermined elasticity so as to be movable up and down. That is, in the touch substrate 473 , a substrate hole 473c is formed to penetrate vertically at a position corresponding to the formation position of the booster hole 482 of the touch booster 48 , and at the center of the substrate hole 473c A substrate pressing portion 473a is provided.
그리고, 상기 기판누름부(473a)는 전후좌우로 형성된 터치리브(473b)에 의해 상기 터치부스터(48)에 일체로 연결된다. 따라서, 상기 기판누름부(473a)는 상하로 소정 크기의 유동이 가능하게 되며, 상기 터치피시비(47)로부터 전달되는 정확한 누름 동작만 감지하게 되는 것이다.In addition, the substrate pressing portion 473a is integrally connected to the touch booster 48 by touch ribs 473b formed in front, rear, left, and right directions. Accordingly, the substrate pressing part 473a can move up and down with a predetermined size, and only the correct pressing operation transmitted from the touch PCB 47 is sensed.
상기 터치부스터(48)에는, 상기 개별커버(491)의 베이스돔(491a)이 수용되어 장착되는 커버홈(483)과, 상기 개별커버(491)의 중간돔(491b)이 삽입 설치되는 중간홀(484)이 형성된다.The touch booster 48 has a cover groove 483 in which the base dome 491a of the individual cover 491 is accommodated and mounted, and an intermediate hole in which the intermediate dome 491b of the individual cover 491 is inserted and installed. (484) is formed.
그리고, 상기 터치부스터(48)의 선단(도 17에서는 좌측단)에는, 터치부스터(48)의 일면으로부터 돌출 형성되어 상기 커버홈(483)의 테두리를 형성하는 커버벽(485)이 형성된다. 즉, 상기 터치부스터(48)의 좌측단(도 17에서) 저면에는 하측으로 돌출된 사각 형상의 커버벽(485)이 형성되며, 이러한 커버벽(485)의 내부에는 상측으로 함몰된 소정 크기의 커버홈(483)이 형성된다. In addition, a cover wall 485 protruding from one surface of the touch booster 48 to form an edge of the cover groove 483 is formed at the front end (left end in FIG. 17 ) of the touch booster 48 . That is, a rectangular cover wall 485 protruding downward is formed on the bottom surface of the left end (in FIG. 17) of the touch booster 48, and a predetermined size of the cover wall 485 is recessed upwardly inside the cover wall 485. A cover groove 483 is formed.
상기 커버홈(483)은 상기 터치부스터(48)의 하측에 상기 엘이디커버(49)가 결합될 때, 상기 엘이디커버(49)의 베이스돔(491a)이 수용되는 부분이다.The cover groove 483 is a portion in which the base dome 491a of the LED cover 49 is accommodated when the LED cover 49 is coupled to the lower side of the touch booster 48 .
상기 커버홈(483)의 상면에는 중간홀(484)이 상하로 관통 형성되며, 이러한 중간홀(484)은 상기에서 설명한 엘이디커버(49)의 중간돔(491b)과 대응되는 사각 형상으로 이루어진다. 그리고, 상기 중간홀(484)에는 상기 터치부스터(48)의 하측에 상기 엘이디커버(49)가 결합될 때 상기 엘이디커버(49)의 중간돔(491b)이 삽입된다.An intermediate hole 484 is formed vertically through the upper surface of the cover groove 483 , and the intermediate hole 484 has a rectangular shape corresponding to the intermediate dome 491b of the LED cover 49 described above. And, the middle dome 491b of the LED cover 49 is inserted into the middle hole 484 when the LED cover 49 is coupled to the lower side of the touch booster 48 .
상기 커버벽(485)에는, 상기 커버연결부(493)가 수용되는 연결홈(485a)이 일측으로 함몰되게 형성된다. 즉, 상기 커버벽(485)의 우측(도 17에서) 벽에는 연결홈(485a)이 상측으로 함몰되게 형성된다. 이러한 연결홈(485a)은 상기 터치부스터(48)의 하측에 상기 엘이디커버(49)가 결합될 때, 상기 엘이디커버(49)의 커버연결부(493)가 수용되는 부분이다.A connection groove 485a in which the cover connection part 493 is accommodated is formed in the cover wall 485 to be depressed to one side. That is, a connection groove 485a is formed in the wall on the right side (in FIG. 17 ) of the cover wall 485 to be depressed upward. The connection groove 485a is a portion in which the cover connection portion 493 of the LED cover 49 is accommodated when the LED cover 49 is coupled to the lower side of the touch booster 48 .
상기 커버벽(485)의 일측에는, 상기 커버홈(483)에 수용된 상기 베이스돔(491a)이 외측으로 이탈되지 않도록 고정하는 커버후크(486)가 더 구비된다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 커버벽(485)의 좌측단에는 좌측 또는 하측으로 더 돌출된 커버후크(486)가 쌍으로 구비되어, 상기 커버홈(483)에 수용된 상기 베이스돔(491a)이 다시 하측으로 이탈되지 않도록 고정하게 된다.On one side of the cover wall 485, a cover hook 486 for fixing the base dome 491a accommodated in the cover groove 483 not to be separated to the outside is further provided. That is, as shown, at the left end of the cover wall 485, a pair of cover hooks 486 protruding further to the left or lower are provided, so that the base dome 491a accommodated in the cover groove 483 is It is fixed so that it does not come off to the lower side again.
상기 터치부스터(48)의 일단에는, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 기둥프레임(412) 상단에 수용되는 부스터지지단(487)이 하측으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 즉, 상기 터치부스터(48)의 우측단(도 17에서)에는 하측으로 돌출되게 연장된 부스터지지단(487)이 더 형성되는데, 이러한 부스터지지단(487)은 상기에서 설명한 핸들서포터(41)의 지지단홈(416)에 수용되는 부분이다. At one end of the touch booster 48, a booster support end 487 accommodated at the upper end of the column frame 412 of the handle supporter 41 is formed to protrude downward. That is, at the right end (in FIG. 17) of the touch booster 48, a booster support end 487 extending downward is further formed, and this booster support end 487 is the handle supporter 41 described above. It is a part accommodated in the support end groove 416 of the.
이와 같이 상기 부스터지지단(487)의 하단이 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 지지단홈(416) 하단에 안착되면, 상기 터치부스터(48)는 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 안정적으로 놓여지기 된다. 따라서, 상기 부스터지지단(487)은 상기 핸들서포터(41) 기둥프레임(412) 후면과 대응되는 곡률을 가지도록 형성됨이 바람직하다.As such, when the lower end of the booster support end 487 is seated in the lower end of the support end groove 416 of the handle supporter 41 , the touch booster 48 is stably placed on the handle supporter 41 . Accordingly, the booster support end 487 is preferably formed to have a curvature corresponding to the rear surface of the handle supporter 41 and the pillar frame 412 .
상기 부스터지지단(487)의 일면에는, 상기 터치피시비(47) 또는 메인피시비(46)의 일단을 지지하는 기판지지턱(487a)이 일측으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 즉, 상기 부스터지지단(487)의 내면(도 17에서는 좌측면)에는 좌측(도 17에서)으로 돌출된 기판지지턱(487a)이 더 형성된다. On one surface of the booster support end 487 , a substrate support jaw 487a supporting one end of the touch PCB 47 or the main PCB 46 is formed to protrude to one side. That is, on the inner surface (left side in FIG. 17 ) of the booster supporting end 487 , a substrate supporting jaw 487a protruding to the left (in FIG. 17 ) is further formed.
상기 기판지지턱(487a)에는 상기 터치피시비(47)의 인디게이터기판(471) 후단이 놓여져 지지된다.The rear end of the indicator substrate 471 of the touch PCB 47 is placed and supported on the substrate support jaw 487a.
그리고, 도시되지는 않았지만, 이러한 기판지지턱(487a)이 상기 부스터지지단(487)의 하단에 추가로 더 형성되어, 상기 메인피시비(46)의 후단을 지지하도록 구성될 수도 있다.And, although not shown, such a substrate support jaw 487a may be further formed at the lower end of the booster support end 487 to support the rear end of the main PCB 46 .
상기 터치부스터(48)의 좌우 양단(도 17에서는 전후단)에는 걸림리브(488)가 전후(도 17에서)로 돌출되게 더 형성된다. 상기 걸림리브(488)는 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 걸림리브홈(418)에 삽입되는 부분이다.At both left and right ends of the touch booster 48 (front and rear ends in FIG. 17 ), engaging ribs 488 are further formed to protrude forward and backward (in FIG. 17 ). The engaging rib 488 is a portion inserted into the engaging rib groove 418 of the handle supporter 41 .
또한, 상기에서 설명한 바와 같이 상기 핸들커버(42)의 상편(43)에는, 상기 상단돔(491c)의 외형과 대응되는 형상을 가지는 투시홀(433)이 상하로 관통 형성되며, 상기 투시홀(433)에는 상기 상단돔(491c)이 수용되어 상기 발광소자(477)의 빛이 상기 손잡이(40) 외부로 조사되도록 안내하게 된다. 따라서, 사용자는 손잡이(40)의 상방에서 바디(10) 내부의 내용물이 가열 중인지 아니면 보온 중인지 등의 상태를 파악할 수 있게 된다.In addition, as described above, in the upper side 43 of the handle cover 42, a see-through hole 433 having a shape corresponding to the outer shape of the upper dome 491c is formed through the top and bottom, and the see-through hole ( The upper dome 491c is accommodated in 433 , and the light of the light emitting device 477 is guided to be irradiated to the outside of the handle 40 . Accordingly, the user can grasp the state of whether the contents inside the body 10 are being heated or kept warm from above the handle 40 .
한편, 자세히 도시하지는 않았지만, 상기 손잡이(40) 내부의 공간에는 통신부가 구비될 수 있다. 즉, 상기 손잡이(40)의 내부 공간에 통신부가 구비되어 전기 주전자(1)가 무선 통신으로 제어되거나 정보 전달이 가능하도록 구성될 수도 있다.Meanwhile, although not shown in detail, a communication unit may be provided in the space inside the handle 40 . That is, a communication unit is provided in the inner space of the handle 40 so that the electric kettle 1 may be controlled by wireless communication or configured to transmit information.
이러한 통신부는, 와이파이(Wifi), 지그비(ZigBee), 엔에프시(NFC)와 같은 통신 가능한 다양한 통신 모듈로 구성될 수 있을 것이다. 그리고, 상기 통신부는 상기 메인피시비(46) 등과도 연결되어 전기 주전자(1)의 전체적인 동작을 무선 통신을 이용하여 제어할 수 있도록 할 수도 있다.Such a communication unit may be composed of various communication modules capable of communication, such as Wifi, ZigBee, and NFC. In addition, the communication unit may be connected to the main PCB 46 and the like to control the overall operation of the electric kettle 1 using wireless communication.
도 21 내지 도 28에는 상기 손잡이(40)의 다른 실시예 구성이 도시되어 있다. 즉, 도 21와 도 22에는 상기 손잡이(40)의 다른 실시예의 구성이 사시도 및 분해사시도로 도시되어 있으며, 도 23에는 손잡이(40)의 다른 실시예에서 핸들커버(42)가 제거된 상태의 절개사시도가 도시되어 있고, 도 24에는 손잡이(40)의 다른 실시예가 바디(10)에 체결된 상태를 보인 부분단면도가 도시되어 있다. 그리고, 도 25와 26에는 손잡이(40)의 다른 실시예가 이너바디(12) 및 아우터바디(11)에 체결된 상태를 보인 부분사시도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 27과 도 28에는 상기 손잡이서포터(41) 및 손잡이브라켓(15)의 다른 실시예 구성이 사시도로 각각 도시되어 있다.21 to 28 show the configuration of another embodiment of the handle 40 . That is, FIGS. 21 and 22 show the configuration of another embodiment of the handle 40 in a perspective view and an exploded perspective view, and FIG. 23 shows a state in which the handle cover 42 is removed in another embodiment of the handle 40 . A cut-away perspective view is shown, and FIG. 24 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a state in which another embodiment of the handle 40 is fastened to the body 10 . And, in FIGS. 25 and 26, a partial perspective view showing a state in which another embodiment of the handle 40 is fastened to the inner body 12 and the outer body 11 is shown, respectively, and in FIGS. 27 and 28, the handle supporter ( 41) and the configuration of another embodiment of the handle bracket 15 are respectively shown in a perspective view.
이하에서는 상기에서 설명한 손잡이(40)의 구성과 동일한 기능을 가지는 구성은 동일한 부호를 사용하며, 상기에서 설명한 것도 동일한 부품의 설명은 생략한다.Hereinafter, components having the same functions as those of the handle 40 described above use the same reference numerals, and descriptions of the same components as described above will be omitted.
도시된 바와 같이, 상기 손잡이(40)의 다른 실시예에서는 손잡이(40)를 구성하는 핸들서포터(41) 및 손잡이브라켓(15)의 구성만 일부 상이할 뿐 나머지 구성은 동일하다.As shown, in another embodiment of the handle 40, only the configuration of the handle supporter 41 and the handle bracket 15 constituting the handle 40 is partially different, but the rest of the configuration is the same.
본 실시예에서 핸들서포터(41)는 선단부에 브라켓체결단(413)이 소정 크기의 평판 형상으로 구성되며, 이러한 브라켓체결단(413)은 전체적으로는 '⊃'형상(우측방에서 볼 경우)을 가지며, 3개의 스크류단(413c)이 원기둥 형상으로 성형된다.In this embodiment, the handle supporter 41 has a bracket fastening end 413 at the front end of a flat plate shape of a predetermined size, and this bracket fastening end 413 has a '⊃' shape (when viewed from the right side) as a whole. and three screw ends 413c are formed in a cylindrical shape.
따라서 상기 브라켓체결단(413)은 손잡이브라켓(15)에 3개의 스크류(screw) 등에 의해 체결된다.Accordingly, the bracket fastening end 413 is fastened to the handle bracket 15 by three screws or the like.
한편, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 전면에는 하나 이상의 보강리브(413b)가 더 형성된다. 상기 보강리브(413b)는 상기 스크류단(413c)을 서로 연결하거나, 중앙의 스크류단(413c)과 걸이단(415)을 연결하도록 형성되기도 한다.On the other hand, one or more reinforcing ribs 413b are further formed on the front surface of the bracket fastening end 413 . The reinforcing rib 413b may be formed to connect the screw end 413c to each other or to connect the central screw end 413c and the hook end 415 .
상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 상단에는 걸이단(415)이 상측으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이 상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 상면 선단에는 상측으로 돌출된 걸이단(415)이 소정 높이를 가지도록 형성된다.At the upper end of the bracket fastening end 413, a hanging end 415 is formed to protrude upward. That is, as shown, the upper end of the bracket fastening end 413 has a hook end 415 protruding upward to have a predetermined height.
상기 걸이단(415)은 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111) 상단에 걸리는 부분이다.The hanging end 415 is a portion hooked on the upper end of the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 .
상기 측벽프레임(411)의 내측에는 피시비(PCB)를 지지하는 하나 이상의 안착리브(411a)가 더 구비된다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 측벽프레임(411)의 내측면 하반부에는 좌우에 쌍으로 안착리브(411a)가 내측으로 돌출되게 형성됨이 바람직하다.One or more seating ribs 411a for supporting the PCB are further provided inside the sidewall frame 411 . That is, as shown, it is preferable that the seating ribs 411a protrude inward in pairs on the left and right sides of the lower half of the inner surface of the side wall frame 411 .
상기 안착리브(411a)의 상단은 상기 메인피시비(46)의 좌우 양단 저면에 접하도록 형성되어, 메인피시비(46)의 하부를 지지하게 된다.The upper end of the seating rib 411a is formed to be in contact with the bottom surfaces of both ends of the main PCB 46 , and supports the lower portion of the main PCB 46 .
그리고, 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 지지단홈(416) 하측에는 작업홈(416a)이 하측으로 함몰되게 더 형성된다. 상기 작업홈(416a)은 작업자가 드라이버(driver) 등을 핸들서포터(41)의 후방(도 25에서는 우측)에서 삽입하여 상기 스크류단(413c)에 스크루(screw) 등을 체결할 수 있도록 하기 위한 홀(hole)이다.In addition, a work groove 416a is further formed below the support end groove 416 of the handle supporter 41 to be depressed downward. The working groove 416a is for a worker to insert a driver or the like from the rear (right side in FIG. 25) of the handle supporter 41 to fasten a screw or the like to the screw end 413c. It is a hole.
한편, 본 발명에 의한 손잡이브라켓(15)의 다른 실시예의 구성은 도 28에 도시되어 있으며, 이에 도시된 바와 같이, 여기에서도 손잡이브라켓(15)은 3개의 스크루(screw)를 사용하여 조립되도록 구성되는 것 외에는 상기에서 설명한 바와 각 부의 기능과 형태를 동일하다.On the other hand, the configuration of another embodiment of the handle bracket 15 according to the present invention is shown in FIG. 28, and as shown here, the handle bracket 15 is also configured to be assembled using three screws. Except that, the function and form of each part are the same as described above.
구체적으로는, 손잡이브라켓(15)은, 상기 이너바디(12)에 결합되는 부착부(151)와, 상기 브라켓체결단(413)에 결합되는 체결부(152)와, 서로 이격된 상기 부착부(151)와 체결부(152)를 서로 연결하는 연결부(153) 등으로 이루어진다.Specifically, the handle bracket 15 includes an attachment part 151 coupled to the inner body 12, a coupling part 152 coupled to the bracket fastening end 413, and the attachment part spaced apart from each other. It consists of a connection part 153, etc. which connect the 151 and the fastening part 152 to each other.
그리고, 상기 부착부(151)는, 상기 이너바디(12)의 외면과 대응되는 곡률을 가지도록 형성되며, 상기 이너바디(12)에 용접 또는 접착제에 의해 부착 고정된다.In addition, the attachment part 151 is formed to have a curvature corresponding to the outer surface of the inner body 12 , and is fixedly attached to the inner body 12 by welding or an adhesive.
다만, 여기에서는 스크류(screw)가 체결되는 체결홀(154)이 3군데 형성되며, 상기 부착부(151)도 좌우 외에도 하측에 추가로 하나 더 형성되는 구성이 상기에서와 상이할 뿐 나머지 기능과 역할은 동일하다.However, here, three fastening holes 154 to which screws are fastened are formed, and the configuration in which the attachment part 151 is additionally formed on the lower side in addition to the left and right is different from the above, but with the rest of the functions The role is the same.
도 29 내지 도 44에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 구성이 상세히 도시되어 있다. 즉, 도 29 및 도 30에는 상기 뚜껑(20)을 상부와 하부에서 본 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 31 및 도 32에는 도 29와 도 30에 도시된 뚜껑(20)의 분해사시도가 각각 도시되어 있고, 도 33에는 상기 뚜껑(20)에서 메탈커버(25)가 분리된 상태를 보인 부분 분해하시도가 도시되어 있다. 그리고, 도 34와 도 35에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 내부 구성을 보인 종단면도 및 이의 하부 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 36에는 도 34와 다른 방향에서 절단한 상기 뚜껑(20)의 종단면도가 도시되어 있고, 도 37에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 커버캡(21) 구성을 보인 사시도가 도시되어 있다. 또한, 도 38 및 도 39에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 상커버(22)를 상부와 하부에서 본 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있으며, 도 40 및 도 41에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 뚜껑패킹(24)을 상부와 하부에서 본 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있다. 그리고, 도 42에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 뚜껑패킹(24) 구성을 보인 저면도가 도시되어 있고, 도 43 및 도 44에는 상기 뚜껑(20)의 하커버(23)를 상부와 하부에서 본 사시도가 각각 도시되어 있다.29 to 44 show the configuration of the lid 20 in detail. That is, in FIGS. 29 and 30 , perspective views of the lid 20 as viewed from the top and bottom are shown, respectively, and FIGS. 31 and 32 are exploded perspective views of the lid 20 shown in FIGS. 29 and 30 , respectively. 33 is a partial exploded view showing a state in which the metal cover 25 is separated from the lid 20 is shown. And, in FIGS. 34 and 35, a longitudinal sectional view showing the internal configuration of the lid 20 and a lower perspective view thereof are respectively shown, and in FIG. 36 is a longitudinal sectional view of the lid 20 cut in a different direction from FIG. is shown, and FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the cover cap 21 of the lid 20 . In addition, in FIGS. 38 and 39 , perspective views of the upper cover 22 of the lid 20 as viewed from the top and bottom are respectively shown, and in FIGS. 40 and 41 , the lid packing 24 of the lid 20 is shown. Top and bottom perspective views are shown, respectively. And, FIG. 42 is a bottom view showing the configuration of the lid packing 24 of the lid 20, and FIGS. 43 and 44 are perspective views of the lower cover 23 of the lid 20 viewed from the top and bottom. are shown respectively.
이들 도면에 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 뚜껑(20) 또는 바디(10) 중 적어도 어느 하나에는 자석(磁石)이 구비됨이 바람직하다. 그리고, 이러한 자석(磁石)은 영구자석(永久磁石)으로 구성될 수 있으며, 상기 뚜껑(20)의 테두리에 등(等)간격으로 다수개가 구비되는 것이 바람직하다.As shown in these drawings, at least one of the lid 20 or the body 10 is preferably provided with a magnet. And, such a magnet (磁石) may be composed of a permanent magnet (永久磁石), it is preferable that a plurality of the rim of the lid 20 is provided at equal intervals.
상기 뚜껑(20)은, 상부 외관을 형성하는 상커버(22)와, 상기 상커버(22)의 하측에 구비되어 상커버(22)와 형합하는 하커버(23)와, 상기 상커버(22) 또는 하커버(23)의 일측에 구비되며 탄성재질로 이루어져 상기 바디(10)와 뚜껑(20) 사이의 틈새를 밀페하는 위한 뚜껑패킹(24)과, 상기 하커버(23)의 하측에 구비되며 금속재질로 이루어지는 메탈커버(25)와, 상기 하커버(23)의 일측에 구비되는 하나 이상의 자석(26) 등으로 이루어진다.The lid 20 includes an upper cover 22 forming an upper exterior, a lower cover 23 provided below the upper cover 22 to match the upper cover 22 , and the upper cover 22 . ) or a lid packing 24 provided on one side of the lower cover 23 and made of an elastic material to seal the gap between the body 10 and the lid 20, and provided on the lower side of the lower cover 23 and a metal cover 25 made of a metal material, and one or more magnets 26 provided on one side of the lower cover 23 .
또한, 상기 상커버(22)에는, 사용자의 파지를 위한 커버캡(21)이 상측으로 돌출되게 형성된다.In addition, the upper cover 22, the cover cap 21 for the user's grip is formed to protrude upward.
상기 커버캡(21)은 상기 뚜껑(20)의 손잡이 역할을 하는 것으로, 경량화와 고급화를 위해 알루미늄(AL) 소재에 전착 코팅을 수행하는 것이 바람직하며, 저면 중앙부에는 아래에서 설명할 메탈커버(25)의 체결볼트(250)가 나사 체결되도록 하는 탭(tap)이 형성된다.The cover cap 21 serves as a handle of the lid 20, and it is preferable to perform electrodeposition coating on an aluminum (AL) material for light weight and high quality. ) A tab (tap) is formed so that the fastening bolt 250 is screwed.
상기 커버캡(21)은, 체결볼트(250)에 의해 상기 상커버(22)의 상면에 밀착 고정되며, 상기 체결볼트(250)는 상기 메탈커버(25)에 고정됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이 상기 체결볼트(250)의 하단(머리부)은, 상기 메탈커버(25)의 상면 중앙에 용접 등에 의해 결합되어 고정되는 것이 바람직하다.It is preferable that the cover cap 21 is closely fixed to the upper surface of the upper cover 22 by a fastening bolt 250 , and the fastening bolt 250 is fixed to the metal cover 25 . That is, as shown, the lower end (head) of the fastening bolt 250 is preferably fixed to the center of the upper surface of the metal cover 25 by welding or the like.
상기 커버캡(21)은 도시된 바와 같이 상부가 차폐된 소정 외경을 가지는 원통 형상으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다. 따라서, 상기 커버캡(21)은 측면 외관을 형성하는 원통 형상의 캡바디(210)와, 상기 캡바디(210)의 상면을 차폐하며 상부 외관을 형성하는 캡상편(212) 등으로 이루어진다.It is preferable that the cover cap 21 has a cylindrical shape having a predetermined outer diameter with an upper portion shielded as shown. Accordingly, the cover cap 21 includes a cylindrical cap body 210 that forms a side appearance, and a cap upper piece 212 that shields the upper surface of the cap body 210 and forms an upper outer appearance.
그리고, 상기 커버캡(21)의 내부 즉, 상기 캡바디(210)의 내부 중앙에는 볼트체결부(214)가 더 형성된다. 즉, 상기 캡상편(212)의 저면 중앙으로부터 하측으로 돌출된 원통 형상의 볼트체결부(214)가 형성되며, 이러한 볼트체결부(214)의 내부에는 상기 체결볼트(250)가 나사 체결되는 탭홈(214a)이 상측으로 함몰되게 형성된다.In addition, a bolt fastening part 214 is further formed in the inner center of the cover cap 21 , that is, the inner center of the cap body 210 . That is, a cylindrical bolt fastening part 214 protruding downward from the center of the bottom surface of the cap upper piece 212 is formed, and the fastening bolt 250 is screwed into the inside of the bolt fastening part 214. Tab groove (214a) is formed to be depressed upward.
상기 탭홈(214a)은 아래에서 설명할 체결볼트(250)가 나사 체결되는 부분이다. 따라서, 상기 볼트체결부(214)는 아래에서 설명할 체결볼트(250)와 대응되는 너트(nut) 역할을 하게 되므로 상기 탭홈(214a)의 내면에는 상기 체결볼트(250)의 수나사와 대응되는 암나사를 가지는 탭(tap)이 형성됨이 바람직하다.The tab groove 214a is a part to which a fastening bolt 250 to be described below is screwed. Accordingly, since the bolt fastening part 214 serves as a nut corresponding to the fastening bolt 250 to be described below, the inner surface of the tab groove 214a has a female screw corresponding to the male screw of the fastening bolt 250 . It is preferable that a tab having a
상기 볼트체결부(214)의 측방에는 원통형상의 캡돌기부(216)가 더 형성된다. 상기 캡돌기부(216)의 상하 길이는 상기 볼트체결부(214)와 동일한 크기를 가지는 것이 바람직하며, 내부에는 캡돌기홈(216a)이 상측으로 함몰되게 형성된다. A cylindrical cap protrusion 216 is further formed on the side of the bolt fastening part 214 . The upper and lower lengths of the cap protrusion 216 preferably have the same size as that of the bolt fastening part 214 , and the cap protrusion groove 216a is formed to be depressed upwardly.
상기 캡돌기홈(216a)은, 아래에서 설명할 상커버(22)의 회전방지돌기(216)가 수용되는 부분이다. 즉, 상기 캡돌기홈(216a)의 내경은 아래에서 설명할 상커버(22)의 회전방지돌기(216)의 외경과 대응되는 크기 및 형상으로 이루어지며, 이러한 캡돌기홈(216a)에 아래에서 설명할 상커버(22)의 회전방지돌기(216)가 수용됨으로써 상기 커버캡(21)이 상기 상커버(22)에 장착된 상태에서 회전이 방지되도록 하게 된다.The cap protrusion groove 216a is a portion in which the rotation preventing protrusion 216 of the upper cover 22 to be described below is accommodated. That is, the inner diameter of the cap protrusion groove 216a is made of a size and shape corresponding to the outer diameter of the rotation prevention protrusion 216 of the upper cover 22 to be described below, and the cap protrusion groove 216a is formed from below. The rotation preventing protrusion 216 of the upper cover 22 to be described is accommodated, so that rotation is prevented while the cover cap 21 is mounted on the upper cover 22 .
상기 캡돌기부(216)는 상기 캡상편(212)의 저면으로부터 하측으로 돌출되게 형성되며, 이러한 캡돌기부(216)의 측면은 상기 캡바디(210)와 캡연결부(218)에 의해 연결되어 지지될 수도 있다.The cap protrusion part 216 is formed to protrude downward from the bottom surface of the cap upper piece 212, and the side surface of the cap protrusion part 216 is connected to and supported by the cap body 210 and the cap connection part 218. may be
상기 상커버(22)는 소정 두께를 가지는 평판으로 이루어지며, 이러한 상커버(22)의 테두리는 하측으로 수직 절곡되어 상커버단(220)을 형성한다.The upper cover 22 is made of a flat plate having a predetermined thickness, and the edge of the upper cover 22 is vertically bent downward to form the upper cover end 220 .
상기 상커버(22)의 상면 중앙부에는 상기 커버캡(21)이 안착되는 캡홈부(212)가 하측으로 함몰되게 형성된다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이 상기 상커버(22)의 중앙부는 하측으로 함몰되어 소정 크기의 원형 홈인 캡홈부(212)를 형성하고 있으며, 이러한 캡홈부(212)에 상기 커버캡(21)의 캡바디(210)가 수용되어 장착된다. 따라서, 상기 캡홈부(212)의 직경은 상기 캡바디(210)의 외경 크기와 대응되는 크기를 가지도록 형성됨이 바람직하다.A cap groove portion 212 in which the cover cap 21 is seated is formed in a central portion of the upper surface of the upper cover 22 to be depressed downward. That is, as shown, the central portion of the upper cover 22 is depressed downward to form a cap groove portion 212 that is a circular groove of a predetermined size, and the cap body of the cover cap 21 is formed in the cap groove portion 212 . 210 is accommodated and mounted. Therefore, the diameter of the cap groove portion 212 is preferably formed to have a size corresponding to the outer diameter size of the cap body (210).
상기 캡홈부(212)의 바닥면에는 상기 커버캡(21)의 하단 내면을 지지하는 캡가이드리브(214)가 상측으로 돌출되게 더 형성된다. 즉, 상기 캡홈부(212)의 바닥면에는 캡홈부(212)의 내주면보다 작은 크기의 직경을 가지는 캡가이드리브(214)가 상측으로 돌출되게 형성된다. 따라서, 이러한 캡가이드리브(214)와 캡홈부(212)의 내주면 사이에 상기 커버캡(21)의 캡바디(210) 하단이 수용되어 결합된다.A cap guide rib 214 supporting the lower inner surface of the cover cap 21 is further formed on the bottom surface of the cap groove portion 212 to protrude upward. That is, a cap guide rib 214 having a smaller diameter than the inner circumferential surface of the cap groove portion 212 is formed on the bottom surface of the cap groove portion 212 to protrude upward. Therefore, the lower end of the cap body 210 of the cover cap 21 is accommodated and coupled between the cap guide rib 214 and the inner circumferential surface of the cap groove portion 212 .
상기 캡가이드리브(214)의 일단(도 38에서는 좌측단 부근)에는 소정 크기의 연결부홈(214a)이 형성되는데, 이러한 연결부홈(214a)은 상기 커버캡(21)의 캡연결부(218)가 안착되는 부분이다.A connection part groove 214a of a predetermined size is formed at one end (near the left end in FIG. 38) of the cap guide rib 214. This connection part groove 214a is the cap connection part 218 of the cover cap 21. part to be fixed.
상기 캡홈부(212)의 중앙에는 상기 체결볼트(250)가 관통되는 스크류홀(215)이 상하로 관통되게 형성되며, 이러한 스크류홀(215)의 일측(도 38에서는 좌측)에는 소정 거리 이격된 회전방지돌기(216)가 상측으로 돌출되게 형성된다.In the center of the cap groove portion 212, a screw hole 215 through which the fastening bolt 250 passes is formed to penetrate vertically, and one side (left side in FIG. 38) of the screw hole 215 is spaced apart by a predetermined distance. The anti-rotation protrusion 216 is formed to protrude upward.
상기 회전방지돌기(216)는 도시된 바와 같이 원기둥 또는 원통 형상으로 이루어짐이 바람직하며, 상기 스크류홀(215)로부터 일측으로 이격된 위치에 돌출 형성되어 상기 캡돌기홈(216a)에 수용된다.The anti-rotation protrusion 216 is preferably formed in a cylindrical or cylindrical shape as shown, and is formed to protrude at a position spaced apart from the screw hole 215 to one side to be accommodated in the cap protrusion groove 216a.
이와 같이, 상기 상커버(22)의 캡홈부(212)와 상기 커버캡(21)에는, 서로 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 결합되는 회전방지돌기(216)와 캡돌기홈(216a)이 각각 형성되어, 상기 커버캡(21)이 상기 상커버(22)에 장착된 상태에서 회전이 방지되도록 하게 되는 것이다. As such, in the cap groove portion 212 and the cover cap 21 of the upper cover 22, anti-rotation protrusions 216 and cap protrusion grooves 216a are formed to correspond to each other and are formed, respectively, Rotation is prevented while the cover cap 21 is mounted on the upper cover 22 .
따라서, 상기 회전방지돌기(216)와 캡돌기홈(216a)은 서로 반대로 형성되는 것도 가능할 것이다. 즉, 상기 회전방지돌기(216)가 상기 커버캡(21)에 형성되고, 상기 캡돌기홈(216a)이 상기 상커버(22)에 서로 대응되는 형상으로 형성되어 서로 결합되도록 구성하는 것도 가능할 것이다.Accordingly, the anti-rotation protrusion 216 and the cap protrusion groove 216a may be formed opposite to each other. That is, the anti-rotation protrusion 216 is formed on the cover cap 21, and the cap protrusion groove 216a is formed in a shape corresponding to the upper cover 22 to be coupled to each other. .
상기 뚜껑패킹(24)은 상기 상커버(22)와 하커버(23) 사이에 구비되는 것이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)은 상기 상커버(22)와 하커버(23)에 의해 밀착되어 고정된다.The lid packing 24 is preferably provided between the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 . That is, the lid packing 24 is fixed in close contact with the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 .
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 상커버(22)의 외경은 상기 하커버(23)의 외경보다 더 크게 형성되며, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 외측테두리는 상기 하커버(23)의 테두리 외측으로 돌출되게 설치됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 외경 크기는, 상기 상커버(22)의 외경보다는 작고 상기 하커버(23)의 외경보다는 더 크게 형성됨이 바람직하다. 따라서, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)은 상기 상커버(22)의 저면에 밀착된 상태로 상기 하커버(23)의 테두리를 벗어나 외부로 노출되어, 상기 바디(10)와 뚜껑(20) 사이의 틈새를 차폐하게 된다.Specifically, the outer diameter of the upper cover 22 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the lower cover 23, and the outer rim of the lid packing 24 is installed to protrude outside the rim of the lower cover 23 This is preferable. That is, it is preferable that the outer diameter of the lid packing 24 is smaller than the outer diameter of the upper cover 22 and larger than the outer diameter of the lower cover 23 . Accordingly, the lid packing 24 is exposed outside the rim of the lower cover 23 in a state in close contact with the bottom surface of the upper cover 22 , so that the gap between the body 10 and the lid 20 . will be shielded
상기 뚜껑패킹(24)은 고무나 실리콘(silicon) 등과 같은 탄성재질로 구성됨이 바람직하며, 이러한 뚜껑패킹(24)에는 상기 하커버(23)에 끼워져 결합되는 결합리브(240)가 하측으로 돌출되게 형성된다.The lid packing 24 is preferably made of an elastic material such as rubber or silicone, and the coupling rib 240 fitted to the lower cover 23 and coupled to the lid packing 24 protrudes downward. is formed
보다 상세하게 살펴보면, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)은 소정 폭을 가지는 링(ring) 형상으로 이루어지며, 이러한 뚜껑패킹(24)의 내주면은 하측으로 수직 절곡되어 패킹단(241)을 형성한다. 상기 패킹단(241)은 아래에서 설명할 하커버(23)의 내측벽(231) 내면에 걸리는 부분이다.In more detail, the lid packing 24 is formed in a ring shape having a predetermined width, and the inner circumferential surface of the lid packing 24 is vertically bent downward to form the packing end 241 . The packing end 241 is a portion caught on the inner surface of the inner wall 231 of the lower cover 23 to be described below.
그리고, 상기 결합리브(240)는 서로 이격되게 형성되는 내측리브(240a)와 외측리브(240b) 등으로 이루어진다. 즉, 상기 결합리브(240)는 한 쌍으로 이루어짐이 바람직하며, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 저면으로부터 하측으로 소정 높이를 가지도록 돌출되게 형성된다.In addition, the coupling rib 240 includes an inner rib 240a and an outer rib 240b that are formed to be spaced apart from each other. That is, the coupling ribs 240 are preferably formed as a pair, and are formed to protrude downward from the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 to have a predetermined height.
상기 내측리브(240a)와 외측리브(240b)는 도시된 바와 같이 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 저면 중앙부분으로부터 하측으로 소정 거리 이격되도록 나란히 형성되며, 이러한 내측리브(240a)와 외측리브(240b) 사이에는 아래에서 설명할 하커버(23)의 외측벽(232) 상단이 삽입될 수 있다.The inner rib 240a and the outer rib 240b are formed side by side so as to be spaced a predetermined distance downward from the central portion of the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 as shown, and these inner ribs 240a and outer ribs 240b The upper end of the outer wall 232 of the lower cover 23, which will be described below, may be inserted therebetween.
상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 결합리브(240)에는, 자석(26)의 상면이 수용되는 패킹홈(242)이 더 형성된다. 즉, 아래에서 설명할 하커버(23)에 다수의 자석(26)이 구비되는데, 이러한 자석(26)의 상단이 수용되도록 뚜껑패킹(24)의 저면에 패킹홈(242)이 상측으로 함몰되게 형성될 수 있다.A packing groove 242 in which the upper surface of the magnet 26 is accommodated is further formed in the coupling rib 240 of the lid packing 24 . That is, a plurality of magnets 26 are provided in the lower cover 23 to be described below. The packing groove 242 is recessed upwardly on the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 so that the upper end of the magnet 26 is accommodated. can be formed.
그리고, 이러한 뚜껑패킹(24)의 저면에는 상기 메탈커버(25)의 테두리 끝단이 수용되는 메탈홈(243)이 더 형성될 수도 있다. 이와 같이 메탈홈(243)이 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 저면으로부터 상측으로 함몰되게 형성되며, 메탈커버(25)의 테두리 상단이 메탈홈(243)에 수용되므로, 외부로부터 뚜껑(20) 내부로 물 등의 이물질이 침투되는 것이 방지된다.In addition, a metal groove 243 in which the edge end of the metal cover 25 is accommodated may be further formed on the lower surface of the lid packing 24 . As described above, the metal groove 243 is formed to be depressed upwardly from the bottom surface of the lid packing 24, and the upper edge of the rim of the metal cover 25 is accommodated in the metal groove 243, so that from the outside to the inside of the lid 20 The penetration of foreign substances such as water is prevented.
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 테두리 끝단에는 내측보다는 다소 두께가 크게 형성되는 패킹테두리(244)가 형성되며, 이러한 패킹테두리(244)와 상기 외측리브(240b) 사이에는 소정 깊이를 가지는 메탈홈(243)이 형성된다.Specifically, a packing rim 244 having a somewhat larger thickness than the inside is formed at the edge end of the lid packing 24, and a predetermined depth is formed between the packing rim 244 and the outer rib 240b. A metal groove 243 is formed.
상기 메탈홈(243)은 상기 외측리브(240b)의 외주면을 따라 상측으로 소정 깊이로 함몰되게 형성되는 것으로, 이러한 메탈홈(243)에는 상기 아래에서 설명할 메탈커버(25)의 메탈테(252) 상단이 삽입된다.The metal groove 243 is formed to be depressed upward to a predetermined depth along the outer circumferential surface of the outer rib 240b. ) is inserted at the top.
그리고, 상기 패킹테두리(244)에 다수의 에어벤트(245)가 상측으로 함몰되게 형성되며, 이러한 에어벤트(245)의 함몰 깊이는 상기 메탈홈(243)의 함몰 깊이보다 더 큰 크기를 가지도록 형성됨이 바람직하다. 따라서, 상기 메탈커버(25)와 뚜껑패킹(24)이 결합된 상태에서도 상기 에어벤트(245)를 통해 공기의 유동이 가능하게 된다.In addition, a plurality of air vents 245 are formed to be depressed upwardly in the packing border 244 , and the depression depth of these air vents 245 is larger than the depression depth of the metal groove 243 . It is preferable to form Accordingly, even in a state in which the metal cover 25 and the lid packing 24 are coupled, the air can flow through the air vent 245 .
상기 에어벤트(245)는 하나 이상이 형성될 수 있으나, 본 실시예에서는 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 전후좌우에 각각 총 4개가 형성된 경우를 예시하고 있다.One or more air vents 245 may be formed, but in this embodiment, a case in which a total of four air vents 245 are formed on the front, rear, left and right sides of the lid packing 24 is exemplified.
상기 하커버(23)는 상기 상커버(22)의 하측에 구비되어 서로 결합됨으로써 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)을 밀착 고정하게 된다.The lower cover 23 is provided on the lower side of the upper cover 22 and is coupled to each other to closely fix the lid packing 24 .
상기 하커버(23)에는 다수의 자석(26)이 구비된다.A plurality of magnets 26 are provided on the lower cover 23 .
상기 자석(26)은 내열 네오디뮴 자석(Neodymium Magnet)으로 이루어짐이 바람직하며, 다수개가 구비된다. 본 실시예서는 사각박스 형태의 자석이 구비되는 경우를 예시하고 있다.The magnet 26 is preferably made of heat-resistant neodymium magnets, and a plurality of magnets are provided. This embodiment exemplifies a case in which a magnet in the form of a square box is provided.
이와 같이 상기 뚜껑(20)에 다수의 자석(26)이 등(等)간격으로 구비되도록 하는 것은 방향성을 고려한 것이다. 즉, 상기 뚜껑(20)을 바디(10)의 상부에 결합할 때 사용자가 방향에 관계없이 뚜껑(20)을 닫더라도 상기 뚜껑(20)에는 다수의 자석(26)이 설치되어 있으므로 이러한 자석(26)은 아래에서 설명할 바디(10)의 이너자석(126)과 근접한 위치에 놓여지게 될 것이기 때문이다.In this way, a plurality of magnets 26 are provided on the lid 20 at equal intervals in consideration of directionality. That is, when the lid 20 is coupled to the upper part of the body 10, even if the user closes the lid 20 regardless of the direction, since a plurality of magnets 26 are installed in the lid 20, these magnets ( This is because 26) will be placed in a position close to the inner magnet 126 of the body 10, which will be described below.
그리고, 아래에서 설명할 바디(10)의 자석테(127)가 금속재질로 이루어지므로, 상기 뚜껑(20)에 다수의 자석(26)이 등(等)간격으로 구비되면, 이러한 자석(26)의 자력(磁力)이 금속재질의 자석테(127)에 작용하게 되므로 뚜껑(20)을 보다 견고하게 고정하게 된다. 즉, 전기주전자를 기울일 때 상기 바디(10)내부의 물 압력이 상기 뚜껑(20)에 작용하더라도 뚜껑(20)이 열리지 않게 되는 것이다.And, since the magnet frame 127 of the body 10 to be described below is made of a metal material, when a plurality of magnets 26 are provided in the lid 20 at equal intervals, these magnets 26 Since the magnetic force of the metal works on the magnetic frame 127 of the metal material, the lid 20 is more firmly fixed. That is, even when the water pressure inside the body 10 acts on the lid 20 when the electric kettle is tilted, the lid 20 is not opened.
상기 하커버(23)에는 상기 자석(26)과 뚜껑패킹(24)을 지지하는 지지벽(230)이 더 형성된다. 즉 상기 하커버(23)의 상면에는 상측으로 돌출된 지지벽(230)이 형성되며, 이러한 지지벽(230)에는 외측이 개구된 하나 이상의 자석수용홈(234)이 형성된다.A support wall 230 for supporting the magnet 26 and the lid packing 24 is further formed on the lower cover 23 . That is, a support wall 230 protruding upward is formed on the upper surface of the lower cover 23 , and one or more magnet accommodating grooves 234 having an outside opening are formed in the support wall 230 .
상기 자석수용홈(234)은 상방 및 측방향 외측이 개구되도록 형성되며, 여기에 상기 자석(26)이 수용된다.The magnet accommodating groove 234 is formed to open upward and laterally, and the magnet 26 is accommodated therein.
상기 지지벽(230)은, 원형의 링(ring) 형상으로 이루어져 상기 자석(26)의 일면을 지지하는 내측벽(231)과, 상기 내측벽(231)으로부터 이격된 위치에 형성되며 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 결합리브(240)과 결합되는 외측벽(232) 등으로 이루어진다.The support wall 230 is formed in a position spaced apart from the inner wall 231 which is formed in a circular ring shape and supports one surface of the magnet 26, and the inner wall 231, and the lid packing It consists of an outer wall 232 coupled to the coupling rib 240 of the 24 and the like.
구체적으로 살펴보면, 상기 하커버(23)의 외측 테두리에는 상측으로 소정 높이를 가지도록 돌출된 외측벽(232)이 형성되며, 이러한 외측벽(232)의 내부에는 외측벽(232)보다 작은 직경을 가지도록 소정 거리 이격된 내측벽(231)이 상측으로 돌출되게 형성된다.Specifically, an outer wall 232 protruding upward to have a predetermined height is formed on the outer edge of the lower cover 23 , and a predetermined diameter is provided inside the outer wall 232 to have a smaller diameter than the outer wall 232 . The inner wall 231 spaced apart by a distance is formed to protrude upward.
상기 내측벽(231)은 소정 직경을 가지는 링(ring) 형상으로 이루어지며, 이러한 내측벽(231)의 외면에 상기 다수의 자석(26)이 밀착 고정된다.The inner wall 231 is formed in a ring shape having a predetermined diameter, and the plurality of magnets 26 are closely fixed to the outer surface of the inner wall 231 .
상기 외측벽(232)과 내측벽(231)의 상단 높이는 동일하게 형성됨이 바람직하며, 상기 외측벽(232)의 상단은 외측이 내측보다 더 낮도록 단차지게 형성되어 상기 외측리브(240b)가 위치되는 단차면(232a)이 형성된다.The upper ends of the outer wall 232 and the inner wall 231 are preferably formed to have the same height, and the upper end of the outer wall 232 is formed to be stepped so that the outer side is lower than the inner side, so that the outer rib 240b is positioned. A vehicle surface 232a is formed.
이처럼, 상기 결합리브(240)는 서로 이격되게 형성되는 내측리브(240a)와 외측리브(240b)를 포함하는 구성을 가지며, 상기 외측벽(232)의 상단은 외측이 내측보다 더 낮도록 단차지게 형성되어 상기 외측리브(240b)가 위치되는 단차면(232a)이 형성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 외측벽(232)의 상단 테두리면은 하측으로 함몰되어 단차면(232a)을 형성하고 있으며, 이러한 단차면(232a)은 상기 결합리브(240)의 외측리브(240b)가 안착되는 부분이다.As such, the coupling rib 240 has a configuration including an inner rib 240a and an outer rib 240b formed to be spaced apart from each other, and the upper end of the outer wall 232 is formed to be stepped so that the outer side is lower than the inner side. It is preferable that the stepped surface 232a on which the outer rib 240b is positioned is formed. That is, as shown, the upper edge surface of the outer wall 232 is recessed downward to form a stepped surface 232a, and this stepped surface 232a is an outer rib 240b of the coupling rib 240. is the part where it is anchored.
상기 자석수용홈(234)의 내면에는, 상기 자석(26)이 끼워져 고정되도록 하는 하나 이상의 고정리브(234a)가 내측으로 돌출되게 더 형성된다. 즉, 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 자석수용홈(234)은 소정 크기의 사각홈 형상으로 이루어지며, 이러한 자석수용홈(234)의 좌우 내측면에는 내측으로 돌출된 한 쌍의 고정리브(234a)가 더 형성된다. On the inner surface of the magnet receiving groove 234, one or more fixing ribs 234a for fitting and fixing the magnet 26 are further formed to protrude inward. That is, as shown, the magnet accommodating groove 234 is formed in a rectangular groove shape of a predetermined size, and a pair of fixing ribs 234a protruding inwardly on the left and right inner surfaces of the magnet accommodating groove 234 are provided. more formed.
물론, 이러한 고정리브(234a)는 상기 자석수용홈(234)의 좌우 내면에 쌍으로 이루어지는 것 외에 좌측면이나 우측면에 하나만 형성되는 것도 가능할 것이다.Of course, these fixing ribs 234a may be formed on the left or right side in addition to being formed in pairs on the left and right inner surfaces of the magnet accommodating groove 234 .
그리고, 이러한 다수의 자석(26)은 방향이 일정하게 설치됨이 바람직하다, 예를 들어, 다수의 자석(26)이 모두 'N'극 또는 'S'극이 외측을 향하도록 동일한 방향으로 설치됨이 바람직하다.And, it is preferable that the plurality of magnets 26 are installed in a constant direction. For example, the plurality of magnets 26 are all installed in the same direction so that the 'N' pole or the 'S' pole faces outward. desirable.
이는 아래에서 설명할 바디(10)에 설치되는 자석(26)과 서로 자력(磁力)의 인력(引力)이 작용하도록 하기 위함이다. 즉, 상기 하커버(23)에 설치되는 자석(26)의 'N'극이 외측을 향하도록 설치되는 경우에는 아래에서 설명할 이너바디(12)의 이너자석(126)도 'N'극이 외측으로 향하도록 설치하여, 서로 인력(引力)에 의해 뚜껑(20)의 자석(26)과 바디(10)의 이너자석(126)이 서로 끌리도록 하기 위함이다.This is to allow the magnet 26 installed in the body 10 to be described below and the attractive force of the magnetic force to each other. That is, when the 'N' pole of the magnet 26 installed on the lower cover 23 is installed to face the outside, the inner magnet 126 of the inner body 12 to be described below also has an 'N' pole. It is installed to face outward, so that the magnet 26 of the lid 20 and the inner magnet 126 of the body 10 are attracted to each other by attractive force.
상기 하커버(23)의 중앙에는 상하로 관통된 하커버홀(235)이 형성되며, 이러한 하커버홀(235)은 상기 체결볼트(250)가 통과하여 수용되는 부분이다.A lower cover hole 235 penetrating up and down is formed in the center of the lower cover 23 , and this lower cover hole 235 is a portion through which the fastening bolt 250 passes and is accommodated.
상기 하커버홀(235)의 외측에는 소정 직경을 가지는 지지테(236)가 더 형성된다. 상기 지지테(236)는 상기 상커버(22)와 하커버(23)가 서로 소정 거리 이격되어 지지되도록 하는 역할 등을 하게 된다.A support frame 236 having a predetermined diameter is further formed on the outer side of the lower cover hole 235 . The support frame 236 serves to support the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 while being spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance.
상기 메탈커버(25)는 상기 하커버(23)와 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 상기 하커버(23)를 감싸도록 형성됨이 바람직하다.It is preferable that the metal cover 25 has a shape corresponding to the lower cover 23 and is formed to surround the lower cover 23 .
상기 메탈커버(25)는 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다. 이와 같이, 상기 메탈커버(25)를 스테인리스(stainless steel) 재질로 구성하는 이유는, 상기 메탈커버(25)가 바디(10) 내부에서 가열되는 물과 직접 접촉하는 부분이므로 위생을 고려한 것이며, 동시에 상기 뚜껑(20)이 외부로 노출될 때 보다 수려하고 고급스러운 외관을 이루도록 하기 위함이다.The metal cover 25 is preferably made of a stainless steel (stainless steel) material. As such, the reason that the metal cover 25 is made of a stainless steel material is that the metal cover 25 is a part in direct contact with the water heated inside the body 10, so hygiene is considered, and at the same time This is to achieve a more elegant and luxurious appearance when the lid 20 is exposed to the outside.
상기 메탈커버(25)는, 소정 두께를 가지는 원판 형상의 메탈베이스(251)와, 상기 메탈베이스(251)의 외주면으로부터 상측으로 수직 절곡된 메탈테(252) 등으로 이루어진다.The metal cover 25 is made of a disk-shaped metal base 251 having a predetermined thickness, and a metal frame 252 vertically bent upward from the outer circumferential surface of the metal base 251 .
상기 메탈베이스(251)는 상기 하커버(23)의 하부와 대응되는 크기 및 형상을 가지도록 형성되어 상기 하커버(23)의 하부를 감싸는 부분이며, 이러한 메탈베이스(251)의 상면 중앙에는 체결볼트(250)가 용접 등에 의해 고정 장착된다. 즉, 상기 메탈베이스(251)의 상면 중앙부에 상기 체결볼트(250)의 머리부가 고정되도록 용접된다.The metal base 251 is formed to have a size and shape corresponding to the lower portion of the lower cover 23 and surrounds the lower portion of the lower cover 23 , and is fastened to the center of the upper surface of the metal base 251 . The bolt 250 is fixedly mounted by welding or the like. That is, the head of the fastening bolt 250 is welded to the central portion of the upper surface of the metal base 251 .
상기 메탈테(252)는 상기 메탈베이스(251)의 외주면에 소정 높이를 가지도록 형성된 것으로, 이러한 메탈테(252)의 높이는 상기 하커버(23)의 지지벽(230) 높이와 대응되도록 형성되어 상기 하커버(23)의 측면을 감싸게 된다.The metal frame 252 is formed to have a predetermined height on the outer circumferential surface of the metal base 251 , and the height of the metal frame 252 is formed to correspond to the height of the support wall 230 of the lower cover 23 , It surrounds the side of the lower cover 23 .
한편, 상기 메탈테(252)의 상단은 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 저면에 밀착되도록 고정되어, 상기 뚜껑(20) 내부로 외부의 이물질이나 물 등이 침투되지 않도록 구성됨이 바람직하다.On the other hand, it is preferable that the upper end of the metal frame 252 is fixed to be in close contact with the bottom surface of the lid packing 24 so that foreign substances or water do not penetrate into the lid 20 .
도 45 및 도 46에는 상기 바디(10)에도 자석(磁石)이 설치된 상태가 도시되어 있다. 즉, 도 45에는 상기 이너바디(12)에 자석(磁石)이 장착된 상태를 보인 사시도가 도시되어 있으며, 도 46에는 도 45에 도시된 이너바디(12)에서 자석(磁石)이 분리된 상태를 보인 분해사시도가 도시되어 있다.45 and 46 show a state in which a magnet is also installed in the body 10 . That is, FIG. 45 is a perspective view showing a state in which a magnet is mounted on the inner body 12 , and FIG. 46 is a state in which the magnet is separated from the inner body 12 shown in FIG. 45 . An exploded perspective view showing
이들 도면에 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 바디(10)의 상단에도 하나 이상의 자석(磁石)이 구비될 수 있다. 여기서는 설명의 편의를 위해 상기 이너바디(12)에 설치되는 자석(磁石)은 이너자석(126)이라 칭하기로 한다.As shown in these drawings, one or more magnets may also be provided at the upper end of the body 10 . Here, for convenience of description, a magnet installed on the inner body 12 will be referred to as an inner magnet 126 .
즉, 상기에서 설명한 하커버(23)의 자석(26)과 동일 또는 유사한 자석(磁石)이 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단부에 하나 이상이 구비될 수 있으며, 이는 이너자석(126)이다.That is, one or more magnets identical to or similar to the magnet 26 of the lower cover 23 described above may be provided at the upper end of the inner body 12 , which is the inner magnet 126 .
이를 위해, 상기 이너바디(12)에는, 상기 이너자석(126)을 고정 지지하는 자석테(127)가 더 구비된다.To this end, the inner body 12 is further provided with a magnet frame 127 for fixing and supporting the inner magnet 126 .
상기 자석테(127)는 금속재질로 이루어질 수 있으며, 이러한 자석테(127)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 외면에 용접 등의 방법으로 고정됨이 바람직하다.The magnet frame 127 may be made of a metal material, and the magnet frame 127 is preferably fixed to the outer surface of the inner body 12 by welding or the like.
상기 자석테(127)는 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단 외면에 용접 등에 의해 고정 장착됨이 바람직하며, 이러한 자석테(127)에는 상기 이너자석(126)의 외면을 감싸 고정하는 자석고정부(127a)가 더 형성된다.The magnet frame 127 is preferably fixedly mounted on the upper outer surface of the inner body 12 by welding, etc., and the magnet frame 127 has a magnet fixing part ( 127a) is further formed.
상기 자석테(127)는 링(ring) 형상의 하나의 구조물로 이루어질 수 있으나, 설치의 편의 등을 위해 도시된 바와 같이 2 이상의 구주물로 이루어질 수도 있다.The magnet frame 127 may be formed of one structure in the form of a ring, but may be formed of two or more cast members as shown for the convenience of installation.
상기 자석고정부(127a)는 도시된 바와 같이 내측이 개구된 사각형상의 단면을 가지도록 형성되어, 상기 이너자석(126)의 외측면과 좌우 측면을 감싸도록 형성된다.The magnet fixing part 127a is formed to have a rectangular cross-section with an open inner side as shown, and is formed to surround the outer side and left and right side surfaces of the inner magnet 126 .
한편, 상기 이너바디(12)에 설치되는 이너자석(126)은 상기 출수구(30) 및 손잡이(40) 설치위치에 형성됨이 바람직하다. 즉, 상기 이너바디(12)에 설치되는 이너자석(126)은 상기 출수구(30) 및 손잡이(40) 방항에 각각 설치됨이 바람직하다. On the other hand, it is preferable that the inner magnet 126 installed on the inner body 12 is formed at the installation position of the water outlet 30 and the handle 40 . That is, the inner magnet 126 installed in the inner body 12 is preferably installed in the direction of the water outlet 30 and the handle 40, respectively.
물론, 상기 이너바디(12)에 설치되는 이너자석(126)을 상기 출수구(30) 또는 손잡이(40) 설치위치에 하나만 설치하는 것도 가능할 것이나, 이러한 이너자석(126)은 상기 출수구(30) 및 손잡이(40) 방항에 각각 설치하는 것이 보다 견고하게 상기 뚜껑(20)을 고정하여 바디(10)로부터 이탈되는 것을 방지할 수 있을 것이다.Of course, it is also possible to install only one inner magnet 126 installed on the inner body 12 at the water outlet 30 or handle 40 installation position, but these inner magnets 126 include the water outlet 30 and It will be possible to prevent separation from the body 10 by fixing the lid 20 more firmly by installing each in the direction of the handle 40 .
이와 같이, 상기 이너자석(126)은 상기 출수구(30) 및 손잡이(40) 방항에 각각 설치하는 이유는, 사용자가 본 발명에 의한 전기주전자를 손잡이를 잡고 물을 따르기 위해 기울일 때 상기 자석(26)과 이너자석(126)이 서로 인력(引力)에 의해 뚜껑(20)이 바디(10)로부터 이탈되지 않도록 하기 위함이다.As such, the reason that the inner magnet 126 is installed in the direction of the water outlet 30 and the handle 40 is that when a user holds the handle of the electric kettle according to the present invention and tilts it to pour water, the magnet 26 ) and the inner magnet 126 is to prevent the lid 20 from being separated from the body 10 by the attractive force of each other.
즉, 사용자가 전기주전자를 손잡이(40)를 잡고 물을 따르기 위해 기울일 때 상기 출수구(30)측의 이너자석(126)과 상기 손잡이(40)의 이너자석(126)이 각각 상기 바디(10)의 자석(26)과의 인력(引力)에 의해 뚜껑(20)이 바디(10)로부터 이탈되지 않도록 고정하게 된다.That is, when the user holds the handle 40 and tilts the electric kettle to pour water, the inner magnet 126 of the water outlet 30 side and the inner magnet 126 of the handle 40 are connected to the body 10, respectively. The lid 20 is fixed so as not to be separated from the body 10 by the attractive force with the magnet 26 of the.
이하에서는 상기와 같은 구성을 가지는 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자의 작용을 도면을 참조하여 살펴본다.Hereinafter, the operation of the electric kettle according to the present invention having the configuration as described above will be described with reference to the drawings.
먼저 본 발명에 의한 전기 주전자(1)의 사용을 위해서 사용자는 상기 베이스(60)에 연결된 전원선(도시되지 않음)을 콘센트에 꽂아 전원이 연결되도록 한다. First, in order to use the electric kettle 1 according to the present invention, the user inserts a power line (not shown) connected to the base 60 into an outlet so that the power is connected.
이와 같은 상태에서 상기 바디(10) 내부의 가열 공간(101)에 물이나 내용물을 넣고, 상기 바디(10)를 상기 베이스(60)에 올려놓게 된다.In this state, water or contents are put into the heating space 101 inside the body 10 , and the body 10 is placed on the base 60 .
상기 바디(10)가 상기 베이스(60)에 안착되면, 상기 어퍼 전원 모듈(55)과 로어 전원 모듈(64)은 서로 접하여 상기 베이스(60)로부터 상기 바디(10)로의 전력 공급이 가능한 상태가 된다. When the body 10 is seated on the base 60, the upper power module 55 and the lower power module 64 are in contact with each other so that power supply from the base 60 to the body 10 is possible. do.
다음으로 사용자는 상기 손잡이(40)의 상편(43)의 누름부를 조작하여 상기 히터(54)의 가열이 시작되도록 할 수 있다. 이때, 사용자는 상기 투시홀(433)과 같은 표시부를 통해 설정된 온도를 확인할 수 있으며, 상기 제1조작부(431) 또는 제2조작부(432) 등을 조작하여 상기 가열공간(101)에 수용된 물의 가열 시작을 조작할 수 있게 된다. 즉, 온오프 버튼인 상기 제1조작부(431)를 눌러 상기 히터(54)의 동작을 제어함으로써 사용자는 물의 가열과 중단을 제어할 수 있다.Next, the user may operate the pressing part of the upper part 43 of the handle 40 to start heating the heater 54 . At this time, the user can check the set temperature through a display unit such as the see-through hole 433 , and operate the first manipulation unit 431 or the second manipulation unit 432 , etc. to heat the water accommodated in the heating space 101 . Start can be manipulated. That is, by controlling the operation of the heater 54 by pressing the first manipulation unit 431 which is an on/off button, the user can control the heating and stopping of water.
그리고, 상기 제2조작부(432)를 눌러 조작함으로서 온도의 설정 및 조작의 지시가 가능할 것이다. 그리고, 필요에 따라서는 두개 이상의 조작부(누름부)가 구비될 수도 있을 것이다.And, by pressing and operating the second manipulation unit 432, it will be possible to set the temperature and instruct the manipulation. And, if necessary, two or more manipulation units (pressing units) may be provided.
이러한 조작에 의해 상기 히터(54)는 동작이 개시될 수 있으며, 상기 히터(54)의 발열에 의해 상기 가열 공간(101)의 내부에 수용된 물이 가열될 수 있다. By this operation, the heater 54 may start to operate, and the water contained in the heating space 101 may be heated by the heat of the heater 54 .
상기 온도센서(53)에 의해 상기 가열 공간(101) 내부의 물이 설정된 온도에 도달하게 되면, 상기 히터(54)는 동작을 중지하게 되며, 전기 주전자(1)는 동작을 완료하게 된다.When the water in the heating space 101 reaches a set temperature by the temperature sensor 53 , the heater 54 stops operating, and the electric kettle 1 completes the operation.
전기 주전자(1)의 동작이 완료되면, 사용자는 상기 손잡이(40)를 쥐고 상기 바디(10)를 들어올려 상기 베이스(60)와 분리할 수 있으며, 전기 주전자(1)를 기울여 가열된 물을 상기 출수구(30)를 통해 따를 수 있게 된다.When the operation of the electric kettle 1 is completed, the user can hold the handle 40 and lift the body 10 to separate it from the base 60, and tilt the electric kettle 1 to pour heated water. It is possible to pour through the water outlet (30).
전기 주전자(1)는 물이 가열이 완료된 상태에서 상기 바디(10)의 이중 구조에 의해 열 전도를 줄이거나 차단할 수 있게 된다. 따라서, 사용자가 상기 바디(10)의 외측면과 접촉하게 되더라도 과도하게 뜨겁지 않게 되어 사용상의 안전을 확보할 수 있게 되며, 상기 히터(54)가 동작되지 않는 상태에서도 가The electric kettle 1 can reduce or block heat conduction by the dual structure of the body 10 in a state in which the water is heated. Therefore, even when the user comes into contact with the outer surface of the body 10, it is not excessively hot, so it is possible to secure safety in use, and it is possible to operate even in a state where the heater 54 is not operated.
열된 물의 온도가 장기간 유지될 수 있다.The temperature of the heated water can be maintained for a long time.
한편, 상기 손잡이(40)는 상기 바디(10)에 결합되는데, 이러한 손잡이(40)의 조립과정을 설명하면 아래와 같다.On the other hand, the handle 40 is coupled to the body 10, the assembly process of the handle 40 will be described as follows.
먼저 상기 핸들서포터(41)에는 상기 제어수단(45)들과 같은 부품들이 장착을 완료하고, 다음으로는 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 핸들커버(42)를 결합하게 된다.First, parts such as the control means 45 are installed on the handle supporter 41 , and then the handle cover 42 is coupled to the handle supporter 41 .
이때, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 내면에는 상기 커버브라켓(44)이 용접 등으로 고정된 상태이다. 이와 같은 상태에서 상기 핸들커버(42)를 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 후측에서 근접시킨다.At this time, the cover bracket 44 is fixed to the inner surface of the handle cover 42 by welding or the like. In this state, the handle cover 42 is brought close to the rear side of the handle supporter 41 .
정확하게는 상기 핸들커버(42)가 상기 핸들서포터(41)보다 약간 높은 위치를 유지하도록 한 상태에서 핸들서포터(41)의 후면에 밀착시킨다.Precisely, in a state where the handle cover 42 maintains a slightly higher position than the handle supporter 41, it is closely attached to the rear surface of the handle supporter 41 .
이렇게 되면, 상기 핸들커버(42)의 후면이 핸들서포터(41)의 후면에 밀착하게 되고, 이 상태에서 상기 핸들커버(42)를 아래로 내린다.In this case, the rear surface of the handle cover 42 is brought into close contact with the rear surface of the handle supporter 41, and in this state, the handle cover 42 is lowered.
상기 핸들커버(42)가 아래로 내려오면, 상기 커버브라켓(44)의 기둥부(442)가 상기 핸들서포터(41)의 기둥프레임(412) 후면에 밀착된 상태이므로, 상기 기둥후크(444)의 가이드부(444c)가 상기 기둥후크홀(403) 내부로 들어가게 된다. 이와 동시에, 상기 측벽후크(443)는 상기 측벽후크홈(417)에 수용된다.When the handle cover 42 comes down, the pillar portion 442 of the cover bracket 44 is in close contact with the rear surface of the pillar frame 412 of the handle supporter 41, so the pillar hook 444 of the guide portion 444c enters the pillar hook hole 403 . At the same time, the side wall hook 443 is accommodated in the side wall hook groove 417 .
이와 같이 되면, 상기 핸들커버(42)는 핸들서포터(41)에 밀착 고정되고, 손잡이(40)이 조립이 완료된다.In this way, the handle cover 42 is closely fixed to the handle supporter 41, and the assembly of the handle 40 is completed.
상기 손잡이(40)의 조립이 완료되면, 다음으로는 상기 손잡이(40)를 상기 바디(10)에 체결한다.When the assembly of the handle 40 is completed, the handle 40 is then fastened to the body 10 .
이처럼 상기 손잡이(40)가 조립된 상태에서 상기 손잡이(40)의 선단을 상기 바디(10)의 선단에 근접시킨다. 물론, 이때에는 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)은 도 3 내지 도 5에서와 같이 상기 이너바디(12)의 상단에 결합된 상태이다.In this way, in the state in which the handle 40 is assembled, the front end of the handle 40 is brought close to the front end of the body 10 . Of course, in this case, the handle bracket 15 is coupled to the upper end of the inner body 12 as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5 .
이때 상기 손잡이(40)를 바디(10) 측으로 약간 기울이면서 근접시키면, 상기 손잡이(40)의 걸이단(415)이 상기 아우터바디(11)의 손잡이홀(111) 내부로 수용될 수 있다. 이와 같이 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 아우터바디(11) 내부에 수용되면 상기 손잡이(40)를 바로세운다.At this time, when the handle 40 is slightly tilted toward the body 10 side, the hook end 415 of the handle 40 may be accommodated in the handle hole 111 of the outer body 11 . As such, when the hanger end 415 is accommodated in the outer body 11, the handle 40 is upright.
이렇게 되면, 상기 손잡이(40)의 브라켓체결단(413)이 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)에 밀착되므로, 스크류(screw) 등을 이용하여 상기 브라켓체결단(413)과 손잡이브라켓(15)을 서로 체결한다.In this case, since the bracket fastening end 413 of the handle 40 is in close contact with the handle bracket 15, the bracket fastening end 413 and the handle bracket 15 are fastened to each other using a screw or the like. do.
이와 같은 과정이 완료되면, 상기 손잡이(40)가 상기 바디(10)에 결합된다.When this process is completed, the handle 40 is coupled to the body 10 .
그리고, 상기의 실시예에서는 상기 브라켓체결단(413)과 손잡이브라켓(15) 체결시 2개의 스크류(screw)를 사용하여 체결하는 구성과 3개의 스크류(screw)를 사용하여 체결할 수 있는 구성이 모두 도시되어 있다.And, in the above embodiment, when the bracket fastening end 413 and the handle bracket 15 are fastened, there is a configuration for fastening using two screws and a configuration for fastening using three screws. All are shown.
또한, 상기 걸이단(415)이 구성에 따라 상기 손잡이(40)를 바디(10)에 밀착시킨 상태에서 하측 또는 상측으로 내려 상기 브라켓체결단(413)과 손잡이브라켓(15) 체결하게 된다. 즉, 첫번째의 실시예에서는 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 하측으로 돌출되어 있으므로, 이때에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 바디(10)에 밀착시킨 다음 아래로 내려 체결하게 된다.In addition, the hanging end 415 is lowered or lowered to the upper side in a state in which the handle 40 is in close contact with the body 10 according to the configuration, and the bracket fastening end 413 and the handle bracket 15 are fastened. That is, in the first embodiment, since the hanging end 415 protrudes below the bracket fastening end 413, in this case, the handle 40 is brought into close contact with the body 10 and then lowered down to fasten. .
이와 반대로 상기의 다른 손잡이(40) 실시예에서는 상기 걸이단(415)이 상기 브라켓체결단(413)의 상측으로 돌출되어 있으므로, 이때에는 상기 손잡이(40)를 바디(10)에 밀착시킨 다음 위로 올려 체결하게 된다.On the contrary, in the other handle 40 embodiment, since the hanging end 415 protrudes above the bracket fastening end 413, in this case, the handle 40 is brought into close contact with the body 10 and then upward. up and tighten.
이처럼 상기 걸이단(415)이 상측으로 돌출된 상태에서 상기 아우터바디(11)에 결합된 상태가 도 26에 도시되어 있다.As such, the state coupled to the outer body 11 in a state in which the hook end 415 protrudes upward is shown in FIG. 26 .
물론, 상기 손잡이(40)를 먼저 조립하지 아니하고, 상기 손잡이(40)의 핸들서포터(41)를 먼저 상기 바디(10)에 결합한 다음 상기 핸들커버(42)를 상기에서 설명한 방법으로 결합시키는 것도 가능할 것이다. 즉, 먼저 상기 핸들서포터(41)를 도 25 및 도 26과 같이 상기 아우터바디(11)를 통과시켜 걸이단(415)이 손잡이홀(111)에 걸리도록 한 다음, 스크류(screw)를 이용하여 상기 브라켓체결단(413)을 상기 손잡이브라켓(15)에 체결한다.Of course, without assembling the handle 40 first, the handle supporter 41 of the handle 40 is first coupled to the body 10 and then the handle cover 42 may be coupled in the manner described above. will be. That is, first, the handle supporter 41 is passed through the outer body 11 as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26 so that the hook end 415 is caught in the handle hole 111, and then using a screw The bracket fastening end 413 is fastened to the handle bracket 15 .
그런 다음 상기 핸들커버(42)를 상기 핸들서포터(41)에 밀착시켜 결합시키는 것도 가능할 것이다. 물론, 이때에는 상기 핸들커버(42)의 결합 이전에 상기 제어수단(45) 등이 먼저 설치되어 할 것이다.Then, it will be possible to attach the handle cover 42 to the handle supporter 41 in close contact. Of course, in this case, the control means 45 and the like will be installed first before the handle cover 42 is coupled.
그리고, 상기 뚜껑(20)의 결합과정을 살펴보면 다음과 같다.And, looking at the coupling process of the lid 20 is as follows.
먼저 상기 자석(26)을 하커버(23)의 자석수용홈(234)에 끼운다. 이때 상기 자석수용홈(234)에는 좌우면에 고정리브(234a)가 형성되어 있으므로 자석(26)이 이러한 고정리브(234a)에 의해 견고하게 고정된다.First, the magnet 26 is inserted into the magnet accommodating groove 234 of the lower cover 23 . At this time, since fixing ribs 234a are formed on the left and right sides of the magnet accommodating groove 234, the magnet 26 is firmly fixed by these fixing ribs 234a.
그런 다음, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)을 상기 하커버(23)의 상측에 덮어 장착한다. 이때 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 결합리브(240)가 상기 하커버(23)의 지지벽(230) 상단에 끼워져 결합된다.Then, the lid packing 24 is mounted on the upper side of the lower cover 23 . At this time, the coupling rib 240 of the lid packing 24 is fitted and coupled to the upper end of the support wall 230 of the lower cover 23 .
다음으로는 상기 상커버(22)를 상측으로부터 결합한다. 이렇게 되면, 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 외측 테두리는 상기 하커버(23)의 외측으로 일정 부분 둘출된 상태로 상기 상커버(22)와 하커버(23) 사이에 압착 고정된다.Next, the upper cover 22 is coupled from the upper side. In this case, the outer edge of the lid packing 24 is pressed and fixed between the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 in a state in which a certain portion protrudes to the outside of the lower cover 23 .
그리고, 상기 상커버(22)의 캡홈부(212)에 상기 커버캡(21)을 끼운다. 이때 상기 캡바디(210)는 상기 캡홈부(212)의 내주면과 캡가이드리브(214) 사이에 위치되고, 상기 회전방지돌기(216)는 커버캡(21)의 캡돌기홈(216a)에 삽입된다.Then, the cover cap 21 is fitted into the cap groove portion 212 of the upper cover 22 . At this time, the cap body 210 is positioned between the inner circumferential surface of the cap groove portion 212 and the cap guide rib 214 , and the anti-rotation projection 216 is inserted into the cap projection groove 216a of the cover cap 21 . do.
이렇게 되면, 상기 커버캡(21)은 상기 상커버(22)의 상면에 정위치에 안착되고, 상커버(22)에 밀착된 상태로 회전이 방지된다. In this case, the cover cap 21 is seated in a fixed position on the upper surface of the upper cover 22 , and rotation is prevented while being in close contact with the upper cover 22 .
이와 같은 과정이 진행되고 나면 도 33과 같은 상태가 되고, 다음으로는 상기 메탈커버(25)를 하측으로부터 결합한다. 즉, 상기 메탈커버(25)를 도 33과 같이 상기 하커버(23)의 하부로부터 밀착시킨다. After this process is performed, the state is as shown in FIG. 33 , and then the metal cover 25 is coupled from the lower side. That is, the metal cover 25 is brought into close contact with the lower cover 23 as shown in FIG. 33 .
이때 상기 메탈커버(25)의 상면에는 상기 체결볼트(250)가 결합되어 있으므로, 상기 체결볼트(250)는 상기 하커버(23)의 하커버홀(235)을 통과한 다음 상기 상커버(22)의 스크류홀(215)을 관통하여 상기 커버캡(21)의 탭홈(214a)에 나사 체결된다.At this time, since the fastening bolt 250 is coupled to the upper surface of the metal cover 25 , the fastening bolt 250 passes through the lower cover hole 235 of the lower cover 23 and then the upper cover 22 ) through the screw hole 215 and screwed into the tab groove 214a of the cover cap 21 .
상기 체결볼트(250)를 상기 탭홈(214a)에 나사체결하는 과정은 상기 메탈커버(25)를 회전시키는 것에 의해 이루어진다. 즉, 상기 체결볼트(250)는 상기 메탈커버(25)에 용접 등에 의해 고정된 상태이므로, 상기 메탈커버(25)를 손으로 잡은 상태에서 시계방향(하측에서 볼 경우)으로 회전시키면 상기 체결볼트(250)가 커버캡(21)의 탭홈(214a)에 체결된다.The process of screwing the fastening bolt 250 into the tab groove 214a is performed by rotating the metal cover 25 . That is, since the fastening bolt 250 is fixed to the metal cover 25 by welding, etc., when the metal cover 25 is rotated clockwise (when viewed from the lower side) while holding the hand, the fastening bolt 250 is fastened to the tab groove 214a of the cover cap 21 .
이와 같은 과정에 의해 상기 뚜껑(20)의 조립이 완료된다.The assembly of the lid 20 is completed by this process.
상기 뚜껑(20)의 조립이 완료되고 나면, 이를 상기 바디(10)의 상방을 차폐하도록 바디(10)의 상단에 결합하면, 상기 바디(10)의 내부가 밀폐되어 내부의 음식물이나 물을 가열할 수 있게 된다.After the assembly of the lid 20 is completed, when it is coupled to the upper end of the body 10 to shield the upper side of the body 10, the inside of the body 10 is sealed to heat the food or water inside. be able to do
그리고, 상기에서 설명한 바와 같이, 상기 바디(10)에도 상기 이너자석(126)이 구비되어 있으므로 이러한 이너바디(12)의 이너자석(126)과 뚜껑(20)의 자석(26)이 서로 인력(引力)에 의해 끌리게 되므로 상기 뚜껑(20)은 상기 바디(10)에 결합된 상태를 유지한다.And, as described above, since the inner magnet 126 is also provided in the body 10, the inner magnet 126 of the inner body 12 and the magnet 26 of the lid 20 are attracted to each other ( Because it is attracted by the force, the lid 20 maintains a state coupled to the body 10 .
따라서, 사용자가 상기 손잡이(40)를 잡고 바디(10)를 기울여 내부의 물을 따르는 경우에도 상기 뚜껑(20)은 바디(10)로부터 이탈되지 않고, 바디(10) 상부를 차폐한 상태를 유지하게 되는 것이다.Therefore, even when the user holds the handle 40 and tilts the body 10 to pour the water inside, the lid 20 does not separate from the body 10 and maintains a state in which the upper portion of the body 10 is shielded. it will be done
한편, 상기 뚜껑(20)에는 상기에서 설명한 바와 같이 에어벤트(245)가 형성되어 있으므로, 상기 상커버(22) 및 하커버(23)의 틈새와 상기 뚜껑패킹(24)의 에어벤트(245)를 통해 상기 바디(10)의 내외부로 공기 유동이 가능하게 된다.On the other hand, since the air vent 245 is formed in the lid 20 as described above, the gap between the upper cover 22 and the lower cover 23 and the air vent 245 of the lid packing 24 are formed. Through this, it is possible to flow air into and out of the body 10 .
그리고, 이러한 에어벤트(245)를 통한 공기의 통로는 미세한 크기를 가지도록 형성되며, 상기 바디(10) 내부에서 물이 끓을 때에는 수증기에 의해 물방울이 맺히면서 자연스럽게 상기 에어벤트(245)가 막혀 외부로의 증기 유출이 차단된다.And, the passage of air through the air vent 245 is formed to have a fine size, and when water boils inside the body 10, water droplets are formed by the water vapor, and the air vent 245 is naturally blocked to the outside. Steam outflow into the furnace is blocked.
반면에, 사용자가 물을 따르기 위해 상기 바디(10)를 기울이는 경우에는 상기 에어벤트(245)를 통해 외부의 공기가 바디(10) 내부로 유입될 수 있으므로, 바디(10) 내부의 진공 상태가 방지되어 상기 출수구(30)를 통해 물을 쉽게 따를 수 있게 된다.On the other hand, when the user tilts the body 10 to pour water, external air can be introduced into the body 10 through the air vent 245, so that the vacuum inside the body 10 is This is prevented so that water can be easily poured through the water outlet 30 .
이러한 본 발명의 범위는 상기에서 예시한 실시예에 한정되지 않고, 상기와 같은 기술범위 안에서 당 업계의 통상의 기술자에게 있어서는 본 발명을 기초로 하는 다른 많은 변형이 가능할 것이다.The scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments illustrated above, and many other modifications based on the present invention will be possible for those skilled in the art within the above technical scope.

Claims (10)

  1. 내부에 물이나 음식물이 수용되는 바디와;a body in which water or food is accommodated;
    상기 바디의 개구된 상측을 차폐하는 뚜껑과;a lid for shielding the opened upper side of the body;
    상기 바디의 하측에 구비되며, 상기 바디를 지지하는 베이스와;a base provided under the body and supporting the body;
    상기 바디의 일측에 구비되며, 바디 내부의 내용물이 가열되도록 열을 가하는 히팅모듈과;a heating module provided on one side of the body and applying heat to heat the contents inside the body;
    상기 바디의 일측에 구비되며, 손으로 붙잡을 수 있도록 구성되는 손잡이를 포함하는 구성을 가지며;It is provided on one side of the body and has a configuration including a handle configured to be held by hand;
    상기 뚜껑 또는 바디 중 적어도 어느 하나에는 자석(磁石)이 구비됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.An electric kettle, characterized in that at least one of the lid and the body is provided with a magnet.
  2. 제 1 항에 있어서, 상기 자석(磁石)은,According to claim 1, The magnet (磁石),
    상기 뚜껑의 테두리에 등(等)간격으로 다수개가 구비되거나, 상기 바디의 상단에 하나 이상이 구비됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.An electric kettle, characterized in that a plurality of pieces are provided at equal intervals on the edge of the lid, or at least one is provided on the upper end of the body.
  3. 제 1 항에 있어서, 상기 뚜껑은,According to claim 1, wherein the lid,
    상부 외관을 형성하는 상커버와;an upper cover forming an upper exterior;
    상기 상커버의 하측에 구비되어 상커버와 형합하는 하커버와;a lower cover provided on a lower side of the upper cover to match the upper cover;
    상기 상커버 또는 하커버의 일측에 구비되며, 탄성재질로 이루어져 상기 바디와 뚜껑 사이의 틈새를 밀페하는 위한 뚜껑패킹과;a lid packing provided on one side of the upper cover or the lower cover and made of an elastic material to seal a gap between the body and the lid;
    상기 하커버의 하측에 구비되며, 금속재질로 이루어지는 메탈커버와;a metal cover provided under the lower cover and made of a metal material;
    상기 하커버의 일측에 구비되는 하나 이상의 자석(磁石)을 포함하는 구성을 가지는 것을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.Electric kettle, characterized in that it has a configuration including one or more magnets provided on one side of the lower cover.
  4. 제 3 항에 있어서, 상기 상커버에는,According to claim 3, The upper cover,
    사용자의 파지를 위한 커버캡이 상측으로 돌출되게 형성되며;a cover cap for the user's grip is formed to protrude upward;
    상기 커버캡은, The cover cap is
    체결볼트에 의해 상기 상커버의 상면에 밀착 고정되고, 상기 체결볼트는 상기 메탈커버에 고정됨;을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.The electric kettle according to claim 1, wherein the fastening bolt is closely fixed to the upper surface of the upper cover, and the fastening bolt is fixed to the metal cover.
  5. 제 4 항에 있어서, 상기 체결볼트의 하단은,According to claim 4, wherein the lower end of the fastening bolt,
    상기 메탈커버의 상면 중앙에 용접에 의해 결합됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.Electric kettle, characterized in that coupled by welding to the center of the upper surface of the metal cover.
  6. 제 5 항에 있어서, 상기 상커버의 상면 중앙부에는,According to claim 5, wherein the upper surface central portion of the upper cover,
    상기 커버캡이 안착되는 캡홈부가 하측으로 함몰되게 형성되며;a cap groove in which the cover cap is seated is formed to be depressed downwardly;
    상기 캡홈부의 바닥면에는,On the bottom surface of the cap groove portion,
    상기 커버캡의 하단 내면을 지지하는 캡가이드리브가 상측으로 돌출되게 더 형성됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.The electric kettle, characterized in that the cap guide rib for supporting the lower inner surface of the cover cap is further formed to protrude upward.
  7. 제 6 항에 있어서, 상기 캡홈부와 커버캡에는,The method of claim 6, wherein the cap groove portion and the cover cap,
    서로 대응되는 형상으로 이루어져 결합되는 회전방지돌기와 캡돌기홈이 각각 형성되어, 상기 커버캡이 상기 상커버에 장착된 상태에서 회전이 방지되도록 하는 것을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.The electric kettle, characterized in that the anti-rotation protrusion and the cap protrusion groove are respectively formed in a shape corresponding to each other to prevent rotation while the cover cap is mounted on the upper cover.
  8. 제 2 항에 있어서, 상기 바디는,According to claim 2, wherein the body,
    외부 외관을 형성하는 아우터바디와, 내부 외관을 형성하는 이너바디를 포함하는 구성을 가지며;It has a configuration including an outer body forming an outer appearance, and an inner body forming an inner appearance;
    상기 자석(磁石)은,The magnet is
    상기 이너바디의 상단부에 하나 이상이 구비됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.An electric kettle, characterized in that at least one is provided at the upper end of the inner body.
  9. 제 8 항에 있어서, 상기 이너바디에는,The method of claim 8, wherein the inner body,
    상기 자석(磁石)을 고정 지지하는 자석테가 더 구비되며;A magnet frame for fixing and supporting the magnet is further provided;
    상기 자석테는,The magnet frame,
    상기 이너바디의 상단 외면에 용접에 의해 고정 장착됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자.Electric kettle, characterized in that it is fixedly mounted by welding on the upper outer surface of the inner body.
  10. 제 9 항에 있어서, 상기 이너바디에 설치되는 자석(磁石)은, The method of claim 9, wherein the magnet installed on the inner body,
    상기 바디 내부의 물이나 음식물이 배출되는 것을 안내하는 출수구 및 손잡이 방항에 각각 설치됨을 특징으로 하는 전기 주전자. The electric kettle, characterized in that each installed in the direction of the water outlet and the handle for guiding the discharge of water or food inside the body.
PCT/KR2020/002176 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Electric kettle WO2021162151A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2020-0018544 2020-02-14
KR1020200018544A KR20210103851A (en) 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Electric kettle

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021162151A1 true WO2021162151A1 (en) 2021-08-19

Family

ID=77292480

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2020/002176 WO2021162151A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Electric kettle

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20210103851A (en)
WO (1) WO2021162151A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU219863U1 (en) * 2023-05-22 2023-08-11 Акционерное Общество "Астрата" TEAPOT LID

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20230091353A (en) 2021-12-16 2023-06-23 엘지전자 주식회사 Electric kettle

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6074676U (en) * 1983-10-29 1985-05-25 山本 厚 Ceramic teapot lid slipping prevention device
CN201290594Y (en) * 2008-11-05 2009-08-19 李建弟 Electric heating kettle with rotary kettle cover
JP2009291418A (en) * 2008-06-05 2009-12-17 Tiger Vacuum Bottle Co Ltd Electric kettle
KR20170090691A (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-08 쿠쿠전자주식회사 electric cooker
KR20200005626A (en) * 2017-06-07 2020-01-15 주식회사 휴롬 Juicer

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101631556B1 (en) 2014-05-29 2016-06-20 주식회사 오쿠 Electric pot having a function of double boil
KR101794021B1 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-11-07 청주대학교 산학협력단 Electric kettle combined with blender and steamer

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6074676U (en) * 1983-10-29 1985-05-25 山本 厚 Ceramic teapot lid slipping prevention device
JP2009291418A (en) * 2008-06-05 2009-12-17 Tiger Vacuum Bottle Co Ltd Electric kettle
CN201290594Y (en) * 2008-11-05 2009-08-19 李建弟 Electric heating kettle with rotary kettle cover
KR20170090691A (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-08 쿠쿠전자주식회사 electric cooker
KR20200005626A (en) * 2017-06-07 2020-01-15 주식회사 휴롬 Juicer

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU219863U1 (en) * 2023-05-22 2023-08-11 Акционерное Общество "Астрата" TEAPOT LID

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210103851A (en) 2021-08-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020153826A1 (en) Electric kettle
WO2020153825A1 (en) Electric kettle
WO2020190039A1 (en) Electric kettle
WO2017119614A1 (en) Refrigerator and control method thereof
WO2015008943A1 (en) Electric rice cooker
WO2021002576A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2020145765A1 (en) Cooker
WO2021172948A2 (en) Refrigerator
WO2021002577A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2021002578A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2021002579A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
AU2020336658B2 (en) Water discharge device and method for controlling the same
WO2020145767A1 (en) Cooking device
WO2021002582A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2020101408A1 (en) Ice maker and refrigerator having the same
WO2021002581A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2021162151A1 (en) Electric kettle
WO2020145761A1 (en) Cooking device
WO2020145763A1 (en) Cooking device
WO2021015400A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2021002583A1 (en) Water ejecting apparatus
WO2021149926A1 (en) Electric kettle
AU2019381567B2 (en) Ice maker and refrigerator having the same
WO2021177577A1 (en) Cartridge equipped with sealing member, and high intensity focused ultrasonic device with cartridge coupled thereto
WO2022114771A1 (en) Electric kettle

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20918395

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20918395

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1